The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My Public Portal About614.17 WTN Police HVAC Bid Set Specifications 1-20-21 Project Manual Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade 552 Main Street, Watertown, MA 02472 Date: January 20, 2021 Awarding Authority Town of Watertown 149 Main Street Watertown, MA 02472 Tel: (617) 972-6414 Architect Gienapp Architects, LLC 20 Conant Street Danvers, MA 01923 Tel: (978) 750-9062 Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical and Fire Protection Engineer BLW Engineers 311 Great Road Littleton, MA 01460 Tel: (978) 486-4301 M Structural Engineer Ipswich River Engineering 1 Central Street#204 Middleton, MA 01949 GIENAPP Tel: (978) 739-9135 ARCHITECTS Begin Here. Finish Well. 20 Conant Street 978.750.9062 Danvers, MA 01923 gienapparchitects.com This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING DOCUMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 0001 10 Table of Contents 0001 11 Instructions to Bidders 0001 13 Advertisement for Bids 0041 00 Form of General Bid 0041 10 Form of Sub-Bid 00 45 19 Certificate of Good Faith (Non-Collusion), Tax Compliance, and Vote Authorization 0041 15 General Conditions 00 45 20 Town of Watertown Noise Ordinance (Prohibition of Noise Emissions) 00 52 00 Contractor-Owner Agreement 00 73 43 Minimum Wage Rates TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 —GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 33 00 Submittals 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls DIVISION 02— EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 19 Selective Demolition DIVISION 03—CONCRETE 03 30 00 Miscellaneous Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 04— MASONRY DIVISION 05— METALS 05 12 00 Structural Steel Framing 05 52 13 Pipe and Tube Railings 05 53 19 Expanded Metal Gratings DIVISION 06—WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 10 00 Rough Carpentry DIVISION 07—THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 84 13 Penetration Firestopping 07 92 00 Joint Sealants DIVISION 08—OPENINGS DIVISION 09—FINISHES 0991 23 Interior Painting 09 51 33 Metal Ceilings DIVISION 10—SPECIALTIES DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13 48 23 Sound Control Assemblies DIVISION 21 —FIRE PROTECTION 21 00 01 Fire Protection * Denotes Filed-Sub Bid TABLE OF CONTENTS Gienapp Architects 00 01 10 - 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA DIVISION 22— PLUMBING 22 00 01 Plumbing DIVISION 23— HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 23 00 01 HVAC (*FSB) DIVISION 26— ELECTRICAL 26 00 01 Electrical DIVISION 32— EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 17 13 Parking Bumpers LIST OF DRAWINGS: General Proiect Information T-1 Title Sheet T-2 Key Plans and Abbreviations Demolition D100 Demolition Plans Architectural Al 00 Partial Floor Plans A110 Reflected Ceiling Plan A200 Exterior Elevations A300 Sections and Details A301 Details Cont. Structural S1.0 Structural Foundation & Grillage Framing Plans S1.1 Braced Frame Elevations S1.2 Structural General Notes & Structural Drawing Abbreviations S1.3 Structural General Notes S2.0 Structural Foundation & Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.1 Structural Foundation & Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.2 Structural Foundation & Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.3 Structural Foundation & Steel Framing Sections & Details Fire Protection FP001 Fire Protection Notes, Legend, & Details FP100 Fire Protection Lower Level Floor Plan Plumbinq P001 Plumbing Legend, Notes P100 Plumbing Lower Level New Work Plan P101 Plumbing Lower Level New Work Plan Mechanical M001 Mechanical Legend and Specifications M002 Mechanical Schedules and Sequences * Denotes Filed-Sub Bid TABLE OF CONTENTS Gienapp Architects 0001 10 - 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA M003 Mechanical Details M100 Mechanical Lower Level Demolition Plan M101 Mechanical Lower Level New Work Plan Electrical E001 Electrical Legend and Specifications E002 Electrical Legend and Specifications E100 Electrical Lighting and Power Plans FA100 Fire Alarm Riser FA101 Fire Alarm Lower Level END OF TOC * Denotes Filed-Sub Bid TABLE OF CONTENTS Gienapp Architects 0001 10 - 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. * Denotes Filed-Sub Bid TABLE OF CONTENTS Gienapp Architects 0001 10 -4 of 4 Construction:149 INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS: This Project is subject to M.G.L. c 149, as amended. Such a bidder shall possess the skill, ability, and integrity necessary for the faithful performance of the work, shall be able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed, or to be employed, in the work, and shall otherwise comply with all applicable provisions of law. Bids must be endorsed with the Project Name: Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade on the outside of the sealed envelope and must be received at the Watertown Town Hall, Purchasing Department, 149 Main Street, Watertown,MA,02472 no later than as indicated below: For Filed Sub-Bids: Tuesdav February 16th,2021 at 11:00 am. For General Bids: Thursdav February 25t''.2021 at 11:00 am. at which time all bids will be publicly opened and read aloud. All bidders shall provide certifications if specified within these documents. RULE FOR AWARD: Contractor's having successful experience having completing projects in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts will be considered as "responsive" and eligible for bidding. Contractors should provide evidence of performing this type of service. The Contract will be awarded to "the lowest responsible and eligible bidder" pursuant to General Laws Chapter 149,as amended. The Town of Watertown reserves the right to award one contract to the bidder offering the lowest aggregate price for all items. The Town reserves the right to reject any bid or portion of a bid, to waive any informalities in a bid and to award contract by items or by total to the responsive and responsible bidder who offers the lowest price as shall be deemed in the best interest of the Town. The Town will forward a notice of award to the Contractor within forty-five (45) days of the bid opening. A formal Agreement will be included with the award notice. In addition to the Agreement,the Town will require a Certificate of Corporate Vote or Foreign Corporation signed by the appropriate person authorized to enter into a contract, evidence of insurance liability coverage and submittal of required 100% payment bond and 100% labor and performance bond within 10 days of award. VENDOR RECORDS: The Town reserves the right to request a vendor to maintain vendor records for six (6) years and to provide assistance with any future audit requirements. An Award Notice will be mailed or furnished to the successful bidder within forty-five (45)days of the bid opening. DELIVERY: All prices bid must be on the basis of FOB delivery point,Watertown,MA. LIABILITY OF PARTIES: The Town's liability hereunder shall be limited to the amounts due the Contractor for services actually rendered. BID BOND/PAYMENT BOND AND INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS: Each Bid must be accompanied by a bid security consisting of a Bid Bond, or, Certified Check issued by a responsible bank or trust company in the amount of not less than five (5) percent of the bid price. Properly executed bid security shall be placed in a sealed envelope and shall be attached to the outside of the envelope containing the bid. Within ten days of notification of contract award the successful Contractor will be required to submit a Labor and Materials Payment Bond and a Performance Bond each in the amount of 100% of the contract amount to be held by the Town until all work has been accepted by a Town representative. INSURANCE REOUIREMENTS: The Town will require the Contractor to provide a Certificate of Insurance (Acord Form 25) written to include the following limits: General Liability Commercial Liability: General Aggregate $2,000,000 Products Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000 Personal Injury and Advertising Limit $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Automobile Liability-For all owned,non-owned,hired and leased vehicles: Bodily Injury: Each Person/Each Accident $1,000,000 Property Damage: Each Occurrence $1,000,000 Excess Liabilitv: Each Occurrence/Aggregate Umbrella Form $1,000,000 Workers Compensation STATUTORY Builder's Risk Pronertv Coverase: For full insurable value (complete value) of the portion of the Work under construction. It should include "All Risk" insurance for physical loss or damage including theft. The above insurance policies shall also be subject to the following requirements: a) Each policy shall contain a thirty-(30) day written notice of cancellation, change or non-renewal to the Town. b) Carriers must have an A.M. Best rating of A-VII or better c) Insurance Policy must cover the entire contract period. d) The description of operations/location/special items on certificate of insurance shall name the Town as an additional insured for " the name of the project" and shall be filed with the Town Purchasing Agent prior to commencement of the contract. e) All premium cost shall be borne by the Contractor. WAGE RATES: The Commonwealth of Massachusetts Department of Labor & Workforce Development for the entire project has established Wage Rates for the entire project in accordance with M.G.L. Chapter 149, Section 26 to 27J. Copies of Certified payroll are to be forwarded weekly or with the submittal of any invoice to the Town. Questions regarding this bid should be directed to the Purchasing Agent by fax 617 972 6414 or e-mail purchasing@watertown-ma.gov will be responded to if received in advance of five (5) business days prior to bids being due. All addenda will be emailed or faxed to those on record for receiving bid documents. BID SUBMITTALS: Any bid being submitted must include a signed certificate of non-collusion, signed tax compliance certificate, the bid- pricing and affirmative participation information, a bid bond and acceptance of any addenda to be considered as "responsive". HEALTH AND SAFETY: Chapter 306 of the Acts of 2004 - an Act Relative to the Health and Safety on Public Construction Projects. The below statement has been added to general contract bid forms. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee (effective July 1, 2006); and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to section 44A. RETURN OF BIDS: All BIDS received by the Town prior to the deadline for BIDS will be returned upon presentation of a signed request and proof of representation to the Purchasing Department. All BIDS received at the deadline for submission for consideration by the Town will remain public record of the Town and will not be returned. BID MODIFICATION: Proposals may be corrected, modified or withdrawn if a written request is received in advance signed by the appropriate representative of the Firm. LICENSE: All bids should include evidence of licenses for staff to be assigned if required and specified in the bid documents. LOCATION OF WORK: The ContractorNendor shall provide all labor, services, materials, equipment,plant, machinery, apparatus, appliances, tools, supplies, and all other things necessary to do all work required for the completion of all items of work and as herein specified. The work to be done and paid for under any item shall not be limited to the exact extent mentioned or described but shall include any incidental work necessary or customarily done for the completion of that item. ABILITY AND EXPERIENCE OF BIDDER: No award will be made to any bidder who cannot satisfy the Town that he has sufficient ability and experience in this class of work and sufficient capital and plant to enable him to prosecute and complete the work successfully within the time named. The Town's decision or judgment on these matters will be final, conclusive, and binding. The owner may make such investigations as he deems necessary, and the bidder shall furnish to the Town, under oath if so required, all such information and data for this purpose as the Town may request. CONDITIONS OF WORK: Each bidder must familiarize himself fully with the conditions relating to the project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful bidder of his obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of this contract. Insofar as possible the Contractor, in carrying out his work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other Contractor. ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS: No interpretations or meaning of plans, specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any bidder orally. All information given to bidders other than means of the plans, specifications, or by addenda, as described below, is given informally and shall not be used as the basis of a claim against the Town.All requests for interpretations shall be addressed to the Purchasing Agent, Town of Watertown, 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA, 02472, five (5) days prior to date bids are due. Any and all such interpretations will be in the form of a written addenda to the specifications which, when issued, will be emailed or faxed to those contractors listed to have received bid documents from the Office of the Purchasing Agent, not later than three (3) days prior to the date fixed for the opening of bids. Failure of any bidder to receive any such addendum or interpretation shall not relieve such bidder from obligation under his bid as submitted. All addenda so issued shall become part of the Contract Documents. LAWS AND REGULATIONS: The bidder's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable State Laws,Municipal Ordinances or Bylaws, and rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over such projects shall apply to the contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract the same as though herein written out in full. LIOUIDATED DAMAGES FOR FAILURE TO ENTER INTO CONTRACT: Subject to, and except as otherwise may be provided by M.G.L. c149. §44B and 44E. The successful bidder,upon his failure or refusal to execute and deliver the Contract and bonds required within ten (10) days (Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded) after he/she has received notice of award, shall forfeit to the Town, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, a portion of security deposited with his/her bids, but the amount forfeited shall not exceed the difference between his/her bid price and the bid price of the next lowest responsible and eligible bidders. OBLIGATION OF THE BIDDER: At the time of the opening of bids each bidder will be presumed to have inspected the site and to have read and to be thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of any bidder to examine any form, instrument, or document shall in no way relieve any bidder from any obligation in respect of his bid. END OF SECTION PUBLIC NOTICE ADVERTISEMENT The Town of Watertown, at 149 Main Street, Watertown, Massachusetts, the Awarding Authority, invites sealed bids for the HVAC Upgrade project at the Watertown Police Station, 552 Main Street, Watertown, Massachusetts, in accordance with Contract Documents prepared by Gienapp Architects, LLC, 20 Conant Street, Danvers, MA 01923. Bidding procedures and award of the Contract will be in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 149 of the General Laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as amended. The estimated cost of the project is $425,000.00 Each general bid on this Contract must be accompanied by a copy of a Certificate of Eligibility issued by the Massachusetts Division of Capital Asset Management showing that the bidder has the classification and capacity rating to perform the work required. In order to be eligible to bid on this Contract, a general bidder must be certified in an amount sufficient for their bid. The general bidder must be certified in General Building Construction. Each bid must also be accompanied by a Contractor Qualification Statement Update. The Awarding Authority will furnish copies of the Contractor Qualification Statement Update form to any bidder on request. Any bid submitted without the appropriate Certificate of Eligibility and Contractor Qualification Statement Update shall be invalid. Each general bid and each filed sub-bid shall be submitted and will be considered in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and the other Contract Documents, and shall be accompanied by a bid bond (a) in form satisfactory to the Awarding Authority substantially conforming to the sample contained in the Contract Documents, (b) with a surety company qualified to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, and (c) conditioned upon the faithful performance by the principal of the agreements contained in the bid; or cash; or a certified check; or a treasurer's check; or by cashier's check; issued by a responsible bank or trust company, made payable to the Town of Watertown, in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the bid amount. Sealed bids shall be submitted on a form furnished by the Awarding Authority and clearly identified as a bid, endorsed with the name and address of the bidder, the name of the project, "Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade", and submitted to: Raeleen Bandini, Purchasing Agent Watertown Town Hall 149 Main Street Watertown, MA 02472 received no later than the times set forth below, when they will forthwith be publicly opened and read aloud at this location. Sealed bids for the sub-trades designated below will be received until Tuesday, February 16th, 2021 at 11:OOam. Sealed bids for the General Contract will be received until Thursday, February 2511, 2021 at 11:00 am. All bids may be mailed or hand-delivered to the above specified receiving address prior to the time specified hereunder, in accordance with the procedures set forth in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. Filed sub-bids will be required and taken for the following classes of work: SECTION 23 0000 HVAC Bidders may obtain sets of Contract Documents, after 8:30 a.m., local time, on Wednesday, January 20th, 2021 at Purchasing office in Watertown Town Hall, 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA, there is no cost for one set. Addenda will be issued to all Bidders registered with the Watertown Purchasing Office. Copies of the FORM FOR GENERAL BID are available at no cost at the above-named location. As an alternative to obtaining hard copy sets of bid documents, bidders may email requests for electronic copies of the bid documents by contacting the Purchasing Office at purchasing@watertown-ma.gov. A PDF file will be emailed back to the requestor at no cost. All plan holders, whether hard copy or electronic copy recipients, must provide two (2) email addresses to receive notifications and update information (including addenda) on this project. Addenda will be sent via email to all plan holders. Copies of the FORM FOR GENERAL-BID are available at no cost at the above-named location. Each bidder is advised to visit the site of the proposed work, become fully acquainted with conditions as they exist, and thoroughly examine the Contract Documents. Failure of any bidder to visit the site, and to examine the Contract Documents shall in no way relieve the bidder from any obligation with regard to the bid as submitted. Arrangements for site visitation, during the bidding period, may be made in the manner set forth in the INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. A pre-bid conference will be held at the project site, Watertown Police Station, 552 Main Street, Watertown, MA on Tuesday, February 9th, 2021 at 10:00 AM. This pre-bid conference will assemble outside the main office.All parties attending are required to sign- in at the main office and provide valid photo ID prior to the start of the conference. The successful Bidder will be required to provide a Labor and Materials Payment Bond and Performance Bond, each bond being in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Amount. Bonds must be written with a company qualified to do business in Massachusetts and acceptable to the Awarding Authority. The minimum wages to be paid for all labor on the project are established in a schedule issued by the Department of Labor and Workforce Development, in accordance with Section 26A- 27D, of Chapter 149 of the M.G.L., as amended, said schedule being made a part of the Contract Documents and is included therein. Section 6(f) of Chapter 64H of Massachusetts General Laws exempts Massachusetts sales tax on building materials and supplies to be used in the project, and bidders shall not include in their bids any amount therefor. The successful Bidder must agree to commence work as stipulated in the receipt of Notice to Proceed, and complete the work in accordance with the times established in the Contract. The Awarding Authority will reject general bids when required to do so by the above- referenced General Laws. In addition, the Awarding Authority reserves the right to waive any informality in or to reject any or all general bids if it be in the public interest to do so. Attention of all bidders is directed to the requirements of the Supplemental Equal Opportunity, Anti-Discrimination and Affirmative Action Program of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, which is incorporated in the Contract Documents. By: Town of Watertown Raeleen Bandini, Purchasing Agent This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 00 4100 FORM OF GENERAL BID TO THE AWARDING AUTHORITY A. The Undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for the Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade, in Watertown, Massachusetts, in accordance with the accompanying plans and specifications prepared by Gienapp Architects for the contract price specified below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the specifications. B. This bid includes addenda numbered: C. The proposed contract price, without alternates, is: dollars ($ ) For alternate No. 1 Add $ N/A Subtract$ N/A For alternate No. 2 Add $ N/A Subtract$ N/A For alternate No. 3 Add $ N/A Subtract$ N/A D. The subdivision of the proposed contract price is as follows: ITEM 1: The work of the General Contractor, being all work other than that covered by Item 2.: $ dollars ITEM 2: Sub-bids as follows: Bond Required Sub-Trade Name of Sub Bidder Amount "Yes" or "No" (HVAC) $ (N/A) $ (N/A) $ (N/A) $ TOTAL OF ITEM 2 $ The undersigned agrees that each of the above named sub-bidders will be used for the work indicated at the amount stated, unless a substitution is made. The undersigned further agrees to pay the premiums Form of General Bid Gienapp Architects 004100- Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA for the performance and payment bonds furnished by sub-bidders as requested herein and that all of the cost of such premiums is included in the amount set forth in Item 1 of this bid. The undersigned agrees that if he is selected as General Contractor, he will promptly confer with the Awarding Authority on the question of sub-bidders; and that the Awarding Authority may substitute for any sub-bid listed above a sub-bid filed with the Awarding Authority by another sub-bidder for the sub-trade against whose standing and ability the undersigned makes no objections; and that the undersigned will use all such finally selected sub-bidders at the amounts named in their respective sub-bids and be in every way as responsible for them and their work as if they had been originally named in this general bid, the total contract price being adjusted to conform thereto. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as General Contractor, he will within five (5) days, Saturdays, and Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Awarding Authority, execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this bid and furnish a Performance Bond and also a Labor and Material or Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do business under the Laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority and each in the sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the General Contractor and are included in the contract price provided, however, that if there is more than 1 surety company, the surety companies shall be jointly and severally liable. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to Awards made subject to Section Forty-Four A. The undersigned hereby certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity. The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Pursuant to G.L. c. 62C, § 49A, the undersigned certifies under the penalties of perjury that, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all State Taxes Required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; that all employees be employed at the worksite will have successfully complete a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to G.L. c. 149, § 44A. Form of General Bid Gienapp Architects 004100- Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA Date: (Name of General Bidder) Bv: (Name of Person Signing Bid and Title) (Business Address) Note: If the Bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal. If a partnership, give full names and residential (City, State and Zip Code) addresses of all general partners if different from business addresses. END OF FORM FOR GENERAL BID Form of General Bid Gienapp Architects 004100- Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Form of General Bid Gienapp Architects 004100- Page 4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA Bidders Name: Section Number: FORM OF SUB-BID To all General Bidders Except those Excluded: A. The Undersigned proposes to furnish all labor and materials required for completing, in accordance with the hereinafter described plans, specifications and addenda, all work specified in Section Number: of the specifications and in any plans specified in such sections, prepared by Gienapp Architects for the Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade for the contract sum of dollars For Alternate No. 1; Add $ N/A ; Subtract $ N/A For Alternate No. 2; Add $ N/A ; Subtract $ N/A B. This bid includes addenda numbered: C. This sub-bid: (leave C. blank if no restrictions) ❑may be used by any general bidder except: ❑may only be used by the following general bidder(s): (To exclude general bidders, insert Yin one box only and fill in blank following that box. Do not answer C if no general bidders are excluded.) D. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as a sub-bidder, he will within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation of a subcontract by the general bidder selected as the general contractor, execute with such general bidder a subcontract in accordance with the terms of this sub-bid, and contingent upon the execution of the general contract, and, if requested to do so in the general bid by such general bidder, who shall pay the premiums therefor, or, if prequalification is required pursuant to section 44D 1/4, furnish a Performance and Payment Bond of a surety company qualified to do business under the Laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Awarding Authority, in the full sum of the subcontract price. Form of Sub Bid Gienapp Architects Section 00 41 10 - 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA E. The names of all persons, firms and corporations furnishing to the undersigned labor or labor and materials for the class or classes or part thereof of work for which the provisions of the section of the specifications for this sub-trade require a listing in this paragraph, including the undersigned if customarily furnished by persons on his own payroll and in the absence of a contrary provision in the specifications, the name of each such class of work or part thereof and the bid price for each such class of work or part thereto and the bid price for such class or work or part thereof are: NAME CLASS OF WORK BID PRICE 1. $ 2. $ 3. $ 4. $ (List Company Name, but do not give bid price for any class or part thereof furnished by undersigned.) F. The undersigned agrees that the above list of bids to the undersigned represents bona fide bids based on hereinbefore described plans, specifications and addenda and that, if the undersigned is awarded the contract, they will be used for the work indicated at the amounts stated, if satisfactory to the Awarding Authority. G. The undersigned further agrees to be bound to the General Contractor by the terms of the hereinbefore described plans and specifications, including all general conditions stated therein and addenda, and to assume toward him all the obligations and responsibilities that he, by those documents, assumes toward the Owner. H. The undersigned offers the following information as evidence of his qualifications to perform the work as bid upon according to all requirements of the plans and specifications: 1. Have been in business under present name for years. 2. Ever failed to complete any work awarded? 3. List one or more recent buildings with the names of General Contractor and Architect on which you served as Subcontractor for work of similar character as required for the above named building. Building Architect General Contractor Contract Amount 1. 2. 3. 4. Bank Reference: I. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the work; that all employees to be employed at the worksite will have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the Form of Sub Bid Gienapp Architects Section 00 41 10 - 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards of subcontracts subject to section 44F. The undersigned further hereby certifies under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects bona fide, fair and made without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this subsection the word "person" shall mean any natural person, joint venture, partnership, corporation or other business or legal entity The undersigned further certifies under penalty of perjury that the said undersigned is not presently debarred from doing public construction work in the commonwealth under the provisions of section twenty-nine F of chapter twenty-nine, or any other applicable debarment provisions of any other chapter of the General Laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder. Pursuant to G.L. c. 62C, § 49A, the undersigned certifies under the penalties of perjury that, to my best knowledge and belief, have filed all state tax returns and paid all State Taxes Required under law. The undersigned hereby certifies that he is able to furnish labor that can work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed in the work; that all employees be employed at the worksite will have successfully complete a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work and who shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee; and that he will comply fully with all laws and regulations applicable to awards made subject to G.L. c. 149, § 44A. Date: (Name of Sub-bidder) (Title and Name of Person signing Bid) (Signature) (Business Address) (City and State) Note: If the Bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature, and affix corporate seal. If a partnership, give full names and residential addresses if different from business addresses. END OF FORM OF SUB BID Form of Sub Bid Gienapp Architects Section 00 41 10 - 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Form of Sub Bid Gienapp Architects Section 00 41 10 - 4 of 4 CERTIFICATE OF GOOD FAITH (NON-COLLUSION) and TAX COMPLIANCE Pursuant of M.G.L. Ch. 62C, Sec. 49A, I certify under the pains and penalties of perjury that the contractor/consultant has complied with all laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts relating to taxes, reporting of employees and contractors, and withholding and remitting child support. The undersigned certifies under penalties of perjury that this bid has been made and submitted in good faith and without collusion or fraud with any other person. As used in this certification, the word "person" shall mean any natural person, business, partnership, corporation, union, committee, club, or other organization, entity or group of individuals. Name of Person Signing Bid (Please Print) Signature of Person Signing Bid Company CERTIFICATE OF VOTE (required if Contractor is a Corporation] I, hereby certify that I am duly qualified and Acting Secretary of and I further certify that a meeting of the Directors of said Company, duly called and held on , at which all Directors were present and voting, the following vote was unanimously passed: Voted to authorize and empower the person signing the Bid Certification Sheet on behalf of the Corporation. I further certify that the above vote is still in effect and has not been changed or modified in any respect. BY: (Secretary of Corporation) THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Over 25k TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL CONDITIONS PAR. TITLE PAGE 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S WORK................................................... 1-1 1.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE................................................... 1-1 1.03 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS............................................ 1-1 1.04 IMPLIED AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS.............................. 1-1 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE.......................................... 1-1 1.06 REJECTION.................................................................... 1-1 1.07 TIME ALLOWANCE......................................................... 1-1 1.08 DELAYS........................................................................ 1-2 1.09 MATERIALS................................................................... 1-2 1.10 EQUIPMENT................................................................... 1-2 1.11 LABOR& INSURANCE...................................................... 1-3 1.12 UTILITIES....................................................................... 1-3 1.13 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.................................................... 1-3 1.14 STORAGE........................................................................ 1-3 1.15 POWER OF TOWN OF WATERTOWN REPRESENTATIVE.... 1-3 1.16 INSPECTION.................................................................... 1-3 1.17 SALVAGE........................................................................ 1-4 1.18 CLEANING UP.................................................................. 1-4 1.19 ACCEPTANCE.................................................................. 1-4 1.20 PAYMENT....................................................................... 1-4 1.21 CHANGES IN WORK......................................................... 1-4 1.22 ADDENDA...................................................................... 1-5 1.23 NON-DISCRIMINATION ARTICLE....................................... 1-5 1.24 ANTI-BOYCOTT COVENANT............................................. 1-5 1.25 EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 195............................................. 1-5 1.26 BID SECURITY............................................................... 1-5/1-6 1.27 PERFORMANCE BOND(100%)................................................ ..... 1-6 1.28 MATERIAL BOND(100%).................................................... 1-6 1.29 PAYROLL RECORDS......................................................... 1-6 1.30 OSHA REQUIREMENTS..................................................... 1-6/1-7 1.31 TAX EXEMPTION NUMBER............................................... 1-7 Over-25k SECTION I GENERAL CONDITIONS NOTE: ATTENTION IS DIRECTED TO THE STANDARD PRINTED FORM OF PROPOSAL OF WHICH THESE GENERAL CONDITIONS ARE HEREBY MADE A PART. 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S WORK All work to be done as indicated in these specifications and/or plans, or reasonably implied in or on either, shall be done by the Contractor unless specified to be done by others. 1.02 EXAMINATION OF SITE: Each bidder should visit the Town of Watertown, become fully acquainted with the existing conditions there relating to construction and labor, and should become fully informed as to the facilities involved and the difficulties and restrictions attending the performance of the Contract. The bidder should thoroughly examine and become familiar with the Technical Specifications,and all other documents. Bidders must satisfy themselves of the accuracy of the estimated quantities in the bid schedule by examination of the site and a review of the contract documents. 1.03 INTENT OF SPECIFICATIONS It is the intention of this specification to delineate a first class piece of work, which when completed, shall present a finished appearance without any indication of careless or inferior material or workmanship. Except where hereinafter otherwise specified, materials and workmanship shall comply with the material manufacturer's most recent specification. 1.04 IMPLIED AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS Should any work or material be required or any compliance with laws of the Commonwealth which is not detailed in the specifications or on the plans either directly or indirectly, but, which is nevertheless necessary for the proper carrying out of the intent thereof, the Contractor is to understand the same to be implied and required, and shall perform all such work, furnish any such material, and comply with any such laws as fully as if they were particularly delineated or described. The Contractor must cooperate and coordinate with Town of Watertown Authorities regarding work to be done to properly execute this contract. 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE The Contractor's signature, in ink, on the bid proposal form will be held as evidence that he/she has familiarized himself/herself with all requirements for proper execution of the project. 1.06 REJECTION The Town of Watertown reserves the right to reject any and all bids, if it deems it is to the best interest of the Town of Watertown. 1.07 TIME ALLOWANCE The work shall commence on the date specified in a written order from the Town of Watertown as the date for such beginning, and shall be completed on or before 105 calendar days from the date of said order. Liquidated damages are assessable at the rate of$1000.00 per day beyond the contract completion date. Assessment of liquidation damages,or a portion thereof,may be waived by the Town of Watertown if the Contractor submits evidence satisfactory to the Town of Watertown that the work has not been completed by the time specified because of delays caused solely by conditions beyond the control of the Contractor. General Conditions 1-1 1.08 DELAYS The authorized representative of the Town of Watertown may delay the commencement of the work, or any part thereof, due to unforeseen circumstances or conditions which have a bearing on the work required under this contract or for any other reason if it is deemed to be in the best interest of the Town of Watertown to do so. The Contractor shall have no claim for damages on account of such delay,but shall be entitled to so much additional time in which to complete the whole or any portion of the work required under this contract as the Town of Watertown shall certify,in writing, to be just. 1.09 MATERIALS .1 Preference in Supplies and Materials Your attention is directed to the provision of Chapter 7, Section 22 amended by Chapter 353 of the Acts of 1933 of the General Laws, which reads as follows: " Section 22, Clause 17" a preference in the purchase of supplies and materials other consideration being equal,in favor: first of supplies and materials within the Commonwealth; the second, of supplies and materials manufactured and sold elsewhere within the United States. .2 Or Equal The words "or equal" are understood to follow the name of any maker, vendor, or proprietary product used in these specifications to define the materials or articles required and are understood to mean any materials or articles which in the opinion of the Town of Watertown is at least equal in quality,durability,appearance and perform at least equally the functions imposed by the general design. .3 Department Inspection and Tests Any material to be used and in the work may be tested or inspected at any time by the Town of Watertown and may be rejected if it fails to comply with specified tests, or if it shall appear not to be first quality material or workmanship. .4 Unsatisfactory Materials All materials furnished and used shall be new and of best quality available. Any material not meeting the approval of the Town of Watertown will be rejected and shall be removed from the Town of Watertown grounds by the Contractor,at no expense to the Town of Watertown. 1.10 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall furnish all tools,materials,labor and equipment required to do and to complete all work required for the satisfactory completion of the contract. General Conditions 1-2 1.11 LABOR& INSURANCE All workman employed on this contract shall not be paid less than the minimum wage rate for this area as designated by the Department of Labor & Industries, Commonwealth of Massachusetts. The Contractor shall furnish, and keep in force for the life of this contract Workman's Compensation Insurance for all workers employed on the job (Chapter 149 G.L. Section 34 A) Contractor's Protective Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance must be maintained at the Contractor's expense during the life of the contract. The contractor shall not commence work on this contract until proof of compliance has been furnished to the Town of Watertown on both Worker's Compensation and Public Liability Insurance. The Contractor shall take out and maintain Insurance and Contractor's Protective Public Liability and Property Damage Liability Insurance in accordance with the contract terms in not less than the following amounts. General Liabilitv Property Damage Bodily Injury Combined Single Limit Each Person Each Occurrence Each Person Aggregate $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $2,000,000 1.12 UTLITIES Water, light, heat and electric energy for construction purposes will be furnished by the Town of Watertown at the nearest existing service outlets of such characteristics as are in existence and in such amounts as can be made available without hampering the operations of the Town of Watertown. Wasteful use or other abuse of this privilege will be grounds for discontinuance. 1.13 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The Contractor shall take all precautions to safeguard the health and well-being of all workmen and all others rightfully on the Town of Watertown premises who may be affected by work done under this contract. He shall similarly safeguard Town of Watertown property. All safety laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, applicable to work performed under this contract, shall be adhered to. 1.14 STORAGE The Contractor shall confine his/her apparatus, the storage of materials, and the operations of his/her workmen, to the limits prescribed by the Town of Watertown and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with his materials. 1.15 POWER OF DEPARTMENT OR TOWN OF WATERTOWN REPRESENTATIVE The Town of Watertown shall have the power to reject all work or material which does not conform to this contract; to direct the application of additional work-force increased or diminished; and to decide questions,which arise between the parties,relative to the execution of the work. 1.16 INSPECTION Official representatives of the Town of Watertown shall have the right to inspect the workmanship and materials and all other aspects of the work, at any time. General Conditions 1-3 1.17 SALVAGE All salvageable materials, fixtures or equipment removed by the Contractor shall remain the property of the Town of Watertown and shall be removed to locations as designated by the representative,unless ownership is specifically designated herein as being the Contractor's. 1.18 CLEANING UP The Contractor shall,as directed by the Town of Watertown or Town of Watertown's Authorities, remove from the Town of Watertown property, at his own expense, all temporary structures, rubbish and waste materials,resulting from his operations. 1.19 ACCEPTANCE The work shall be inspected for acceptance by the Town of Watertown's representative promptly upon receipt of notice in writing that the work is ready for such inspection. 1.20 PAYMENT Payments will be made within thirty(30)days from receipt of invoice. 1.21 CHANGES IN WORK The Town of Watertown may order changes in the work within the scope of the contract,including but not limited to, changes in: (a) the plans and specifications; (b) in the method or manner of performance of the work;(c) in the Town's buildings, equipment materials, services or site; (d) in the schedule for performance of work. The Town of Watertown may direct the Contractor to perform any change order work and the Contractor shall immediately do any and all work required to effect the change in contract. Whenever a change in work is ordered,and said change will cause an equitable adjustment in the Contractor's cost, the Contractor may request an equitable adjustment in the contract price. A request for such an adjustment shall be in writing and shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Department before commencement of the pertinent work or as soon thereafter as possible. The Department and the Contractor shall by negotiation agree upon an equitable adjustment in the contract price before commencement of pertinent work or as soon as thereafter as possible. If no agreement is reached,the Contractor may appeal within thirty days as set forth in G.L. Chapter 149. 1.22 ADDENDA Questions during the bidding period,regarding the accompanying plans and/or specifications,shall be submitted in triplicate to the Town of Watertown Purchasing Department,at least eight(8)days before the bid opening. The Town of Watertown Purchasing Department will prepare addenda on or about the three days prior to the bid opening, containing interpretations of all questions raised, which in the opinion of the Town of Watertown Purchasing Department require interpretation.All bidders of record will receive the addenda by email or fax. General Conditions 1-4 1.23 NON-DISCRIMINATION ARTICLE During the performance of this contract, the Contractor, for himself/herself, his/her assignees and successors in interest(hereinafter referred to as the"Contractor"), agrees as follows: 1. In connection with performance of work: under this contract,the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religious creed, national origin, age, ancestry, sex, physical or mental handicap. The aforesaid provisions shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms or compensation; conditions or privileges or employment;and selection for training;including apprenticeship.The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Massachusetts Commission against Discrimination setting forth the provisions of the fair employment practice law of the Commonwealth. 2. Compliance with Requirement: The Contractor shall comply with the provisions of the Governor's Code of Fair Practices dated July 20, 1970, and Chapter 151B as amended, of the non-discrimination laws of the Commonwealth which are herein incorporated by reference and made part of this contract. 3. Non-Discrimination: The Contractor, in the performance of all work after award, and prior to completion of the contract work, shall not discriminate on grounds of practices or in the selection or retention of sub-contractors, and in the procurement of materials and rental of equipment. 1.24 ANTI-BOYCOTT COVENANT The Contractor warrants,represents and agrees that during the time the contract is in effect,neither it nor any affiliated company, as hereinafter defined, participates in or cooperates with any international boycott, as defined in Section 999(b) (3) and (4) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, or engages in conduct declared to be unlawful by Section 2 of Chapter 151E, Massachusetts General Laws. If there shall be a breach in the warranty, representation and agreement contained in this paragraph, then without limiting such other rights as if may have, the Town of Watertown shall be entitled to rescind this contract. As used herein, affiliated company shall be any business entity of which at least 51% of the ownership interest of the Contractor, or which directly or indirectly owns at least 51%of the ownership interests of the Contractor. 1.25 EXECUTIVE ORDER NO. 195 The Governor or his designee,the secretary of Administration and Finance,and the State Auditor, or his designee, shall have the right at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to examine the books, records, and other compilations of data of the Contractor(s) and Sub-Contractor(s) which pertain to the performance of the provisions and requirements of this proposed contract. 1.26 BID SECURITY The bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, or a Certified Check on, or a Treasurer's or Cashier's Check issued by a responsible bank or trust company, payable to the Town of Watertown, in the amount of five (5) percent of bid. No other form of bid security will be accepted. General Conditions 1-5 1.26 Bid Security Continued All such bid deposits,except those of the three lowest responsible and eligible bidders,will be returned within five (5) days, Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays excluded, after the opening of proposals thereof.All remaining bid deposits will be returned upon the execution of delivery of the performance bond and the payment bond,or if no award is made,upon the expiration of thirty (30) days after the opening of bids, therefore, unless forfeited by failure to obtain the aforementioned bond. 1.27 PERFORMANCE BOND A bond,with an approved surety company as surety, for the full amount of the contract,will be required for the faithful performance of the contract. The bond must be furnished within ten(10) working days after the date of receipt by the Contractor of the notification,by the Purchasing Department,of the award of the contract. In case of the failure of the bidder to furnish the bond within the said time,the Town may,at its option, determine that the bidder has abandoned the contract, and thereupon the proposal and acceptance shall be null and void. The bond shall remain in force&effect, for the full amount, for one(1)year from the date of acceptance of the work. 1.28 MATERIAL BOND A bond,with an approved surety company as surety,for 100% of the contract,will be required as security for payment of laborers,material-men and others. This bond must be furnished at the time the performance bond is, within ten (10) working days after the date of receipt by the Contractor of the notification by the Watertown Purchasing Department of award of the contract. This bond shall remain in force and effect for a period of 120 days from the date of acceptance of the work. (Chapter 149, Section 29 and Chapter 30, Section 39A of the General Laws). 1.29 PAYROLL RECORDS Department of Labor and Industries requires that employers submit weekly payroll records to the Town of Watertown for all employees who have worked on the project. Employers must preserve these records for three years. Forms will be provided with prevailing wage rate schedule. 1.30 OSHA REQUREMENTS CHAPTER 306 of the ACTS of 2004 The contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the Construction Safety Act of 1969, and Chapter 306 of the Acts of 2004 which are incorporated hereby by reference and all standard and regulations promulgated by the governmental and regulatory bodies responsible for administration thereof. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with such Acts, standards and regulations by its officers, agents, and employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, suppliers and materialman. All employees at the worksite shall have successfully completed a course in construction safety and health approved by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration that is at least 10 hours in duration at the time the employee begins work. General Conditions 1-6 1.30 OSHA REQUREMENTS CHAPTER 306 of the ACTS of 2004 continued The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall furnish documentation of successful completion of said course with the first certified payroll report for each employee. The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall comply fully with all laws and regulations subject to M.G.L. Section 144 and Section 44F. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Town of Watertown from any and all fines, costs and expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the Town of Watertown due to the Contractor's violation of such Acts, standards and/or regulations. Certificates of completion will be submitted along with first payment requisition and/or certified payroll. 1.31 TAX-EXEMPTION NUMBER The successful bidder will be provided with a tax-exempt number in accordance with the provisions of G.L.Chapter 64H,Section 6 for the purchase of materials and supplies to be used or incorporated in the performance of this contract for the Town of Watertown. END OF SECTION General Conditions 1-7 95.01 PROHIBITION OF NOISE EMISSIONS. (A) No person owning, leasing or controlling a source of sound shall willfully,negligently,or through failure to provide necessary equipment, service,or maintenance or to take necessary precautions cause, suffer, allow or permit unnecessary emissions from said source of sound that may cause noise. (B) Division(A)of this section shall pertain to,but shall not be limited to,prolonged unattended sounding of burglar alarms,construction and demolition equipment which characteristically emit sound but which may be fitted and accommodated with equipment such as enclosures to suppress sound or may be operated in a manner so as to suppress sound, suppressible and preventable industrial and commercial sources of sound, and other man-made sounds that cause noise. (C) All devices employed in construction or demolition shall be prohibited from use during the hours of: (1) 7:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. from Monday through Friday; (2) 7:00 p.m. on Fridays through 8:00 a.m. on Saturdays; and (3) 7:00 p.m. on Saturdays through 8:00 a.m. on Sundays. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983;Am. Ord. 14,passed 3-12-1996) Penalty, see § 95.99 § 95.02 DEFINITIONS AND MEASUREMENTS OF NOISE. (A) The town hereby incorporates into and makes a part of this chapter the provisions of Chapter 310 Code of Massachusetts Regulations, Section 7.00 entitled Air Pollution Control Regulations. (B) These regulations shall govern the definitions,measurement and restriction of sources of noise emission. (C) For the purposes of this chapter, a CONDITION OF NOISE POLLUTION shall be a noise source which increases noise levels 10 dB or more above the background noise level. If the noise level is judged by ear to have a tonal sound, an increase of 5 dB above background noise level is sufficient to cause noise pollution. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983) § 95.03 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF TOWN DEPARTMENTS. (A) All town departments and agencies shall,to the fullest extent consistent with other laws, carry out their programs in such a manner as to further the policy of this chapter. (B) All town departments and agencies shall comply with Federal and State laws and regulations and the provisions and intent of this ordinance respecting the control and abatement of noise to the same extent that any person is subject to such laws and regulations. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983) § 95.04 EXCEPTIONS. This chapter shall apply to the control of all sound originating within the limits of the Town of Watertown except the following: (A) The emission of sound for the purpose of alerting persons to the existence of an emergency or to the emission of sound in the performance of emergency work or in training exercises related to emergency activities. (B) Noncommercial public speaking and public assembly activities as guaranteed by state and federal constitutions. (C) Domestic equipment such as lawn mowers and power saws between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 9:00 P.M. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983) § 95.05 ENFORCEMENT. The Board of Health shall be the primary enforcement agency of the terms of this chapter. In addition, any Police Department or Fire Department official or building inspector or their designee, acting within their jurisdictional area,is authorized to enforce this chapter. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983) F § 95.99 PENALTY. (A) Any person who violates any provision of this chapter, if convicted, shall be fined no less than $50 nor more than$100 for the first offense and not less than$200 nor more than$500 for each succeeding offense. (B) Each subsequent day or part thereof of violation of this chapter,whether the violation be continuous or intermittent, shall be construed as a separate and succeeding offense. (Ord. 6,passed 9-13-1983) Disclaimer: This Code of Ordinances and/or any other documents that appear on this site may not reflect the most current legislation adopted by the Municipality.American Legal Publishing Corporation provides these documents for informational purposes only.These documents should not be relied upon as the definitive authority for local legislation.Additionally,the formatting and pagination of the posted documents varies from the formatting and pagination of the official copy.The official printed copy of a Code of Ordinances should be consulted prior to any action being taken. For further information regarding the official version of any of this Code of Ordinances or other documents posted on this site, please contact the Municipality directly or contact American Legal Publishing toll-free at 800-445-5588. TOWN OF WATERTOWN,MASSACHUSETTS AGREEMENT FOR THIS AGREEMENT made this day of by and between the Town of Watertown, a municipal corporation duly organized under the laws of Massachusetts and having a usual place of business at 149 Main Street, Watertown, MA,02472, acting by and through its Town Manager, hereinafter referred to as the "Town", and a Massachusetts limited corporation having a usual place of business at , hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: Whereas, the Town solicited public bids for Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade "the Project"; and WHEREAS, the Contractor submitted a bid in response to said solicitation, and the Town has awarded the contract therefor to the Contractor. NOW, THEREFORE, the Town and the Contractor agree as follows: 1. Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of this Agreement, the purchase description, if any, the Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Scope of Services or Specification, bid submitted by the Contractor, including any negotiated modifications to the Plan of Services, and addendums. The Contract Documents constitute the entire Agreement between the parties concerning the work, and all are as fully a part of this Agreement as if attached hereto. In the event of a conflict between any of the Contract Documents, the document most favorable to the Town, in its sole determination, shall prevail. 2. The Work. The Work consists of , as more fully described in the bid form as defined above. 3. Term of Contract. This Agreement shall be in effect from and shall expire on ,unless terminated earlier pursuant to the terms hereof. 4. Compensation. A. The Town shall pay, as full compensation for items and/or services furnished and delivered in carrying out this Agreement. Total Price $ , as set forth in more detail in the Contract Documents. B. The acceptance by the Contractor of final payment for items and/or services provided shall be deemed a release of the Town from any and all claims and liabilities under this Agreement. C. Neither the Town's review, approval or acceptance of, nor payment for any of the items and/or services provided shall be construed to operate as a waiver of any rights of the Town under the Agreement or any cause of action arising out of the performance of the Agreement. 5. Payment of Compensation. The Town shall make payments as follows: within 30 day_ s of approved pav requisition with original certified Davroll. 6. Payment and Performance Bonds. The contractor shall provide a Performance Bond in amount of 100% of the contract value, and a Payment Bond in the amount of 100% of the contract value within 10 days of the contract award to stay in effect for the full term of the contract. 7. Liability of the Town. The Town's liability hereunder shall be to make all payments when they shall become due, and the Town shall be under no further obligation or liability. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to render the Town or any elected or appointed official or employee of the Town, or their successors in office, personally liable for any obligation under this Agreement. 8. Indemnification. The Contractor shall indemnify, defend, and hold the Town harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, actions, causes of actions, costs and expenses, including attorney's fees, arising out of the Contractor's breach of this Agreement or the negligence or willful misconduct of the Contractor, or the Contractor's agents or employees. 9. Insurance. A. the Contractor shall obtain and maintain during the term of this Agreement the insurance coverage in companies licensed to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and acceptable to the Town, as set out in the Invitation for Bids, or in Attachment A hereto. B. All policies shall identify the Town as an additional insured(except Workers' Compensation) and shall provide that the Town shall receive written notification at least 30 days prior to the effective date of any amendment or cancellation. Certificates evidencing all such coverages shall be provided to the Town upon the execution of this Agreement, and at least ten (10) days prior to the renewal of any such coverage. Each such certificate shall specifically refer to this Agreement and shall state that such insurance is as required by this Agreement. Failure to provide or to continue in force such insurance shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement and shall be grounds for immediate termination. 10. Assignment. The Contractor shall not assign, sublet or otherwise transfer this Agreement, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Town, and shall not assign any of the moneys payable under this Agreement, except by and with the written consent of the Town. 11. Termination. A. Termination for Cause. If at any time during the term of this Agreement the Town determines that the Contractor has breached the terms of this Agreement by negligently or incompetently performing the work, or any part thereof, or by failing to perform the work in a timely fashion, or by failing to perform the work to the satisfaction of the Town, or by not complying with the direction of the Town or its agents, or by otherwise failing to perform this Agreement in accordance with all of its terms and provisions, the Town shall notify the Contractor in writing stating therein the nature of the alleged breach and directing the Contractor to cure such breach within ten (10) days. The Contractor specifically agrees that it shall indemnify and hold the Town harmless from any loss, damage, cost, charge, expense or claim arising out of our resulting from such breach regardless of its knowledge or authorization of the actions resulting in the breach. If the Contractor fails to cure said breach within ten(10) days, the Town may, at its election at any time after the expiration of said ten (10) days, terminate this Agreement by giving written notice thereof to the Contractor specifying the effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of said notice, the Contractor shall cease to incur additional expenses in connection with this Agreement. Upon the date specified in said notice, this Agreement shall terminate. Such termination shall not prejudice or waive any rights or action which the Town may have against the Contractor up to the date of such termination, and the Contractor shall be liable to the Town for any amount which it may be required to pay in excess of the compensation provided herein in order to complete the work specified herein in a timely manner. Upon such termination, the Contractor shall be entitled to compensation for all satisfactory work completed prior to the termination date, as determined by the Town. B. Termination for Convenience. The Town may terminate this Agreement at any time for convenience by providing the Contractor written notice specifying therein the termination date which shall not be sooner than ten days from the issuance of said notice. Upon receipt of said notice, the Contractor shall cease to incur additional expenses in connection with this Agreement. Upon such termination, the Contractor shall be entitled to compensation for all satisfactory work completed prior to the termination date, as determined by the Town, such payment not to exceed the fair value of the services provided hereunder. 12. Inspection and Reports. The Town shall have the right at any time to inspect the work of the Contractor, including the right to enter upon any property owned or occupied by Contractor, whether situated within or beyond the limits of the Town. Whenever requested, Contractor shall immediately furnish to the Town full and complete written reports of its operation under this Agreement in such detail and with such information as the Town may request. 13. Rovalties and Patents: The Contractor shall pay all applicable royalties and license fees. In addition, the Contractor hereby represents that it is duly authorized to use any process or other intellectual property rights held by third parties in the performance of this Agreement, it shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or other intellectual property rights and shall indemnify and hold the Town harmless from loss on account thereof. 14. Successor and Assigns. This Agreement is binding upon the parties hereto, their successors, assigns and legal representatives. Neither the Town nor the Contractor shall assign or transfer any interest in the Agreement without the written consent of the other. Notwithstanding the approval of any assignment by the Town pursuant to this paragraph, the Contractor shall remain liable for the full performance of the terms of this Contract. 15. Compliance with Laws. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal, State and local laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the work provided pursuant to this Agreement, such provisions being incorporated herein by reference, and shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary licenses, permits, and approvals required for the performance of such work. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the Town harmless for and against any and all fines, penalties or monetary liabilities incurred by the Town as a result of the failure of the Contractor to comply with the previous sentence. 16. Notice. Any and all notices, or other communications required or permitted under this Agreement, shall be in writing and delivered by hand or mailed postage prepaid, return receipt requested, by registered or certified mail or by other reputable delivery service, to the parties at the addresses set forth on Page 1 or furnished from time to time in writing hereafter by one party to the other party. Any such notice or correspondence shall be deemed given when so delivered by hand, if so mailed, when deposited with the U.S. Postal Service or, if sent by private overnight or other delivery service, when deposited with such delivery service. 17. Severability. If any term or condition of this Agreement or any application thereof shall to any extent be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable by the court of competent jurisdiction, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining terms and conditions of this Agreement shall not be deemed affected thereby unless one or both parties would be substantially or materially prejudiced. 18. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Contractor submits to the jurisdiction of any of its appropriate courts for the adjudication of disputes arising out of this Agreement. 19. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all documents incorporated herein by reference, constitutes the entire integrated agreement between the parties with respect to the matters described. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations and representations, either written or oral, and it shall not be modified or amended except by a written document executed by the parties hereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first written above. I certify that an appropriation TOWN OF WATERTOWN is available in the amount of this Contract. By: Town Auditor Town Manager (Contractor) Approved as to Form: Town Attorney By: Name: (Type or Print) Title: Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Gienapp Architects Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACT CONDITIONS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED BY LAW A. This Contract is subject to all State and local laws, and all amendments thereto, and where any requirements contained herein do not conform to such statutes governing that construction work of this Contract, the statutes shall govern. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Work under this Contract 2. Work to be performed by Owner 3. Cutting, coring, and patching 4. Examination of Site and Documents 5. Separate Contracts 6. Owner's use of premises 7. Tests and inspections 8. Materials and workmanship 9. Times for completion 10. Wage rates 11. Building permit 12. Insurance 13. Project closeout 14. Guarantees 15. Operations and maintenance data 16. Final inspections 17. Painting 1.03 WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT A. The work to be performed under this Contract includes furnishing all, labor, equipment, appliances and materials and performing all work shown on the contract documents labeled as Watertown Middle School Girls Locker Room, Watertown, MA. B. The work described by: 1. These Specifications, as enumerated in the "Table of Contents". 2. Plans numbered: General Project Information T-1 Title Sheet T-2 Key Plans and Abbreviations Demolition D100 Demolition Plans Architectural Al 00 Partial Floor Plans A110 Reflected Ceiling Plan A200 Exterior Elevations A300 Sections and Details A301 Details Cont. Structural S1.0 Structural Foundation & Grillage Framing Plans S1.1 Braced Frame Elevations S1.2 Structural General Notes & Structural Drawing Abbreviations SUMMARY OF WORK Gienapp Architects 01 11 00 - 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA S1.3 Structural General Notes S2.0 Structural Foundation &Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.1 Structural Foundation &Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.2 Structural Foundation &Steel Framing Sections & Details S2.3 Structural Foundation &Steel Framing Sections & Details Fire Protection FP001 Fire Protection Notes, Legend, & Details FP100 Fire Protection Lower Level Floor Plan Plumbing P001 Plumbing Legend, Notes P100 Plumbing Lower Level New Work Plan P101 Plumbing Lower Level New Work Plan Mechanical M001 Mechanical Legend and Specifications M002 Mechanical Schedules and Sequences M003 Mechanical Details M100 Mechanical Lower Level Demolition Plan M101 Mechanical Lower Level New Work Plan Electrical E001 Electrical Legend and Specifications E002 Electrical Legend and Specifications E100 Electrical Lighting and Power Plans FA100 Fire Alarm Riser FA101 Fire Alarm Lower Level 3. Addenda issued during the bidding period which are hereby made a part of the Specifications. 4. The printed form of Contract. 1.04 WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY OWNER A. Preceding Work: Owner will perform the following construction operations at the Project site.Those operations will be substantially complete before the work under this Contract begins. 1. Not Applicable 1.05 CUTTING, CORING, AND PATCHING A. All necessary cutting, coring, drilling, grouting, and patching to fit together properly all the parts of the work shall be done by the General Contractor, except as may be specifically noted otherwise under any particular sub-trade section of the specifications, or work noted to be performed by the Owner. B. Drilling of concrete may only occur during the following times: 7:00 AM to 8:30 AM and 5:00 PM to the end of the day per Town ordinances. 1.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE AND DOCUMENTS A. All bidders shall visit the site and examine all Contract Documents before submitting a bid. Inspect and be thoroughly familiar with conditions under which work will be carried out. Neither the Owner nor the Architect will be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General or Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the bidder agrees and warrants that he has examined the site and the Construction Documents and that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both. SUMMARY OF WORK Gienapp Architects 01 11 00 - 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.07 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. The Owner reserves the right to perform work related to the Project with its own forces and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other work on the premises under these or similar Conditions of the Contract. 1.08 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits/area of work indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. B. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 1.09 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall make such tests and inspections of his workmanship and materials as may be required by the Building Code, State or municipal laws, or as called for under the various SECTIONS of the Specifications. 1.10 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP A. All materials required for the performance of this Contract shall be new and of best quality of kinds specified, all subject to the approval of the Architect. Materials shall be used in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instruction unless otherwise specified. Upon request of the Architect to the General Contractor, the manufacturer's representative shall go to the site and instruct the mechanics in the use of the materials or shall supervise their use. All work shall be done by mechanics skilled in their trade and experienced in performing improvements to historical properties of similar construction. B. After signing of the Contract, the substitution will not be permitted of any materials or method of construction, unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Should the specified materials or construction not be available through reasons beyond the control of the General Contractor, the question shall be immediately referred to the Architect for decision before proceeding with the work. 1.11 TIMES FOR COMPLETION A. It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and the time for completion, as specified in the Contact for the work to be done there under are ESSENTIAL CONDITIONS of this Contract, and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this Contract shall be commenced by the date specified therein. B. The Contractor agrees that said work shall be prosecuted regularly, diligently, and uninterruptedly at such rate of progress as will ensure full completion thereof within the time specified. C. Work shall commence once a Notice to Proceed is issued, which is anticipated to be shortly after the General Bids deadline and the bidders have been reviewed. Work must adhere to the following restrictions: 1. Work shall reach Substantial Completion on or before 140 days after the Notice to Proceed. 2. Work shall reach Final Completion within 14 calendar days after Substantial Completion. 3. The anticipated timeline for this project is as follows: the contract will be awarded in early March 2021, Shop drawings will be reviewed and approved in April 2021, HVAC lead time is anticipated as 10-14 weeks (June-July 2021 on-site arrival), on-site work will begin at June 2021 and Substantial Completion is anticipated at the end of August/Sept. 2021. 1.12 WAGE RATES A. Minimum wage rates are required for this project. A copy of the Prevailing Wage Rates is included in this Project Manual. SUMMARY OF WORK Gienapp Architects 01 11 00 - 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.13 BUILDING PERMIT A. The Contractor shall obtain all permits required for the work. All permit fees payable to the Town of Watertown shall be waived. 1.14 INSURANCE A. The Contractor shall provide insurance coverage that shall include all major divisions of coverage, as stipulated in the Invitation to Bid. 1.15 PROJECT CLOSEOUT A. Before the final inspection, areas where construction work has been performed, the immediate surrounding areas, temporary offices, and toilets shall be cleared of all rubbish and thoroughly cleaned by the General Contractor.All construction facilities, debris, and rubbish shall be removed from the Owner's property and legally disposed. All finished surfaces in the areas set forth above shall be swept, dusted, washed, and polished. This includes cleaning of the work of all finished trades where needed whether or not cleaning for such trades is included in their respective SECTIONS. 1.16 GUARANTEES A. The work under this contract, except as expressly excluded, and all of its subcontractors, severally and collectively whether herein stipulated in each case or not, shall be guaranteed against faulty workmanship and/or material for a term of one year from date of acceptance of the work. The provisions of the guarantee and/or guarantees shall be incumbent on all parties of the work, including the General Contractor, each Subcontractor, all material supply houses and all manufacturers whose products and/or equipment is incorporated into the building. 1.17 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. At least two (2) weeks prior to the time of turning over this contract to the Owner for use and occupancy or substantial completion, the Contractor shall secure and deliver two (2) hard copies and one (1) electronic PDF on a thumb drive of complete indexed files containing approved operating and maintenance manuals, shop drawings, and other data. 1.18 FINAL INSPECTIONS A. The Contractor shall supervise and direct the work, using his best skill and attention. He shall be solely responsible for all construction means, methods, techniques, and sequences and for coordinating all portions of the work under the Contract. B. The Contractor shall carefully check his own work and that of Subcontractors as the work is being performed. Unsatisfactory work shall be corrected immediately. C. When the Contractor determines that he is substantially complete, the Contractor will prepare a punch list and provide it to the Architect, who will add any other punch list items. D. The Contractor shall correct all 'punch list' items or shall cause the correction of the "punch list" items within 14 (fourteen)calendar days.The time frame for the completion of the"punch list" items shall not exceed the completion date of the contract. 1.19 PAINTING A. The General Contractor is responsible for painting any and all items identified in the electrical drawings and specifications as "painted", "paint", or"requires painting". B. Paint shall satisfy the requirements of the trade sections for which they are included. END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK Gienapp Architects 01 11 00 -4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTALS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, AND ADDITIONAL REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. Related Documents 1. Consult the individual Sections of the Specifications for the specific submittals required under those Sections and for further details and descriptions of the requirements. B. General Procedure for Submittal 1. The Contractor shall transmit each submittal to the Architect sufficiently in advance of performing related work or other applicable activities, so that the installation will not be delayed by processing times, including disapproval and resubmittal (if required). 2. On the transmittal, or on a separate sheet attached to the transmittal, the Contractor shall direct attention to any deviations including minor limitations and variations, from the requirements of the Contract Documents. Deviation shall be highlighted on the submittals. 3. All transmittals shall contain at least the following information: a) Name of the project. b) Project address c) Name of Contractor d) Name of Sub-Contractor(if applicable) e) Specification section and paragraph reference f) Unique identification number indicating the submittal number g) Stamp or signature confirming Contractor review and approval 4. All costs for printing, preparing, packaging, submitting, resubmitting and mailing or delivering submittals specified in this Section shall be included in the Contractor's Sum. C. Architect's Action 1. The Architect will review the Contractor's submittal and return them with one of the following actions recorded thereon by appropriate markings: Unrestricted Release, proceed provided it complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the work will depend upon that compliance. Restricted Release, "Reviewed - Make corrections noted", "Reviewed -Note markings/comments attached," the work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Architect's notations or corrections on the submittal, and complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Acceptance of the work will depend upon these compliances. Returned for Resubmittal. D. Submission of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 1. Shop Drawings shall be complete, give all information necessary or requested in the individual Sections of the Specifications, and also show adjoining work and details of connection thereto. Shop Drawings shall be for whole systems. Partial submissions will not be accepted. 2. The Contractor shall submit to the Architect three legible, reproducible copies. Each submittal shall be accompanied by transmittal notice. E. Submission of Samples: Unless otherwise specified in the individual Section, the Contractor shall submit two specimens of each sample and Samples shall be of adequate size to permit proper Gienapp Architects 013300- Page 1 of 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA evaluation of materials. 1. Samples of items of interior colors shall be submitted all at once to permit a coordinated selection of colors and finishes. 2. Samples that can be conveniently mailed shall be sent directly to the Architect. All other Samples shall be delivered to the job site. 1.02 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE A. The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of all drawings, specifications, addenda, change orders and other modifications, in good order and marked currently to record all changes made during construction, and approved shop drawings, product data and samples. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to him for the Owner upon completion of the work 1.03 PROGRESS SCHEDULE A. The Contractor shall submit within fifteen (15) days of the award of the Contract a Progress Schedule in the form of a Bar. The Progress Schedule shall be updated every two (2)weeks. B. At least 10 working days prior to the first Application for Payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect a progress schedule. 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Prior to the first request for payment the Contractor shall submit to the Architect and the Owner a Schedule of Values of the various portion of the work including quantities when requested, aggregating the total contract sum and divided so as to facilitate payments for work under each SECTION. The Schedule shall be prepared in such form as specified or as; the Architect or the Owner may approve, and it shall include data to substantiate its accuracy. Each item in the Schedule of Values shall be used as a basis for review and approval of the Contractor's requests for payment. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION ('RFI') A. The Contractor may submit Requests for Information to the Architect to help facilitate the Contractor's performance of the Contract. Prior to submitting each Request for Information, the Contractor shall first carefully study and compare the Contract Documents, field condition, other Owner provided information, Contractor prepared Coordination Drawings, and prior Project correspondence and documentation to determine that the information to be requested is not reasonably obtainable from such sources. PART 2 - PRODUCT (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION Gienapp Architects 013300- Page 2 of 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 TEMPORARY WATER A. The Owner will make existing water sources in and around the building available for construction without charge. Any hoses and connections from service lines either outside or within the building, necessary for the use of the Contractor shall be installed, protected and maintained at the expense of the Contractor. Use of the water may be discontinued by the Owner if, in the opinion of the Owner, it is wastefully used. B. The Contractor shall provide an adequate supply of drinking water from approved sources of acceptable quality, satisfactorily cooled, for his employees and those of his Subcontractors. 1.02 WEATHER PROTECTION A. It is the intent of these specifications to require the Contractor to provide temporary enclosures and/or heat to maintain conditions necessary for the work. "Weather Protection" shall mean the temporary protection of that work adversely affected by moisture, wind and cold, by covering, enclosing and/or heating. This protection shall provide adequate working areas. Installation of weather protection and heating devices shall comply with all safety regulations including provisions for adequate ventilation and fire protection devices. Heating devices, which may cause damage to finish surface, shall not be used. B. The Contractor shall provide adequate weather protection at any time window and/or doors are removed from the building. C. At no location shall the building be left without a permanent door, during the overnight or closed hours. 1.03 TEMPORARY POWER A. The Owner will make existing electrical power sources in and around the building available for construction without charge. The Contractor and all Subcontractors, individually, shall furnish all extension cords, sockets, motors, and accessories required for their work. B. Any temporary wiring of a special nature shall be paid for by the Contractor requiring same. Any power that needs to be cut or equipment that needs to be disconnected will be done by a licensed electrician and eventually reconnected in order to accomplish or complete the work of this contract. 1.04 HOISTING EQUIPMENT AND MACHINERY A. All hoisting equipment and machinery required for the proper and expeditious prosecution and progress of the work shall be furnished, installed, operated, and maintained in safe condition by the Contractor. 1.05 STAGING A. Except as otherwise specified, the Contractor shall furnish, install, maintain in safe condition, and remove all scaffolds, staging as required for the execution of the Work. B. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall furnish, install, maintain, and remove all temporary ramps, stairs, ladders and similar items as required for the execution of the Work. 1.06 BARRIERS A. Barriers, Enclosures and Fences 1. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing temporary fencing or barricades around the construction as may be necessary to assure the safety of all persons, authorized or Gienapp Architects 015000- Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA unauthorized. Temporary fencing shall be removed before final completion and as soon as no longer required. B. Guard Rails 1. Furnish and maintain all necessary guard rails, barriers and the like as required for safety of personnel in the building, on the site, and public. 2. All such safety barriers shall be removed upon completion of this contract. Should the work be suspended, such safety barriers shall remain in place, and become the property of the Owner. 1.07 SECURITY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all security precautions necessary, in the Contractor's opinion, to insure adequate protection of his and the Owner's interests including the installation of temporary glazing. B. See also WEATHER PROTECTION 1.02 above. 1.08 SPECIAL CONTROLS A. Dust controls should effectively seal off areas to maintain a clean and healthy environment in accordance with all applicable codes and standards. 1.09 TRAFFIC REGULATIONS A. Staging areas are limited to on-site areas. Contactor and his personnel shall park on-site to the extent available. 1.10 DISPOSAL OF DEBRIS A. Debris shall not be permitted to accumulate and the work shall at all times be kept satisfactorily clean. Immediately after unpacking, all packing materials, case lumber, excelsior, wrapping, or other rubbish, flammable or otherwise, shall be collected and removed from the building and premises. 1.11 TEMPORARY OFFICES A. The Contractor shall not be required to have an office on site. However, there shall be an operable telephone on the site at all times there are workers on site (with number provided to the Owner and Architect). 1.12 TEMPORARY TOILETS A. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1.13 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the work. B. Maintain all required egresses at all times the building is occupied. C. Provide temporary weather tight enclosures for openings in exterior walls when and as required to protect the Work form damage by inclement weather. D. Roof surfaces and waterproofed surfaces shall not be subjected to traffic nor shall they be used for storage of materials. Where some activity must take place in order to carry out the work, adequate protection shall be provided. 1.14 FIRE PROTECTION AND PREVENTION Gienapp Architects 015000- Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA A. Provide and maintain fire protection in form of barrels of water with buckets, fire bucket tanks, fire extinguishers, or other effective means of fire extinguishment, ready for instant use, distributed around the project and in and about temporary structures during construction of work. B. At the end of each work week, thoroughly clean the premises of rubbish and debris of any nature, and remove from the premises. C. No open fires will be permitted in or about premises. 1.15 NOISE AND POLLUTION CONTROL A. All work performed under the Contract shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 11, Section 31 C and Section 142D of the General Laws, and Rules and Regulations adopted thereto by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, Department of Public Health and the Laws of the Town. END OF SECTION Gienapp Architects 015000- Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Gienapp Architects 015000- Page 4 of 4 THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS ' EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF LABOR AND WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT OF LABOR STANDARDS Prevailing Wage Rates CHARLES D.BAKER As determined by the Director under the provisions of the ROSALINACOSTA Governor Secretary Massachusetts General Laws,Chapter 149,Sections 26 t0 27H MICHAEL PLANAGAN KARYN E.POLITO Director Lt.Governor Awarding Authority: Town of Watertown Contract Number: City/Town: WATERTOWN Description of Work: Provide labor and materials for HVAC Upgrade at the Police Station and HVAC sub trade work Job Location: 552 Main Street Watertown MA Information about Prevailing Wage Schedules for Awarding Authorities and Contractors • This wage schedule applies only to the specific project referenced at the top of this page and uniquely identified by the "Wage Request Number"on all pages of this schedule. • An Awarding Authority must request an updated wage schedule from the Department of Labor Standards("DLS")if it has not opened bids or selected a contractor within 90 days of the date of issuance of the wage schedule. For CM AT RISK projects (bid pursuant to G.L.c.149A),the earlier of: (a)the execution date of the GMP Amendment,or(b)the bid for the first construction scope of work must be within 90-days of the wage schedule issuance date. • The wage schedule shall be incorporated in any advertisement or call for bids for the project as required by M.G.L.c. 149, §27. The wage schedule shall be made a part of the contract awarded for the project. The wage schedule must be posted in a conspicuous place at the work site for the life of the project in accordance with M.G.L.c. 149§27. The wages listed on the wage schedule must be paid to employees performing construction work on the project whether they are employed by the prime contractor,a filed sub-bidder,or any sub-contractor. • All apprentices working on the project are required to be registered with the Massachusetts Department of Labor Standards,Division of Apprentice Standards(DLS/DAS). Apprentice must keep his/her apprentice identification card on his/her person during all work hours on the project. An apprentice registered with DAS may be paid the lower apprentice wage rate at the applicable step as provided on the prevailing wage schedule. Any apprentice not registered with DLS/DAS regardless of whether or not they are registered with any other federal,state,local,or private agency must be paid the journeyworker's rate for the trade. • The wage rates will remain in effect for the duration of the project,except in the case of multi-year public construction projects. For construction projects lasting longer than one year,awarding authorities must request an updated wage schedule. Awarding authorities are required to request these updates no later than two weeks before the anniversary of the date the contract was executed by the awarding authority and the general contractor.For multi-year CM AT RISK projects,awarding authority must request an annual update no later than two weeks before the anniversary date,determined as the earlier of: (a) the execution date of the GMP Amendment,or(b)the execution date of the first amendment to permit procurement of construction services.Contractors are required to obtain the wage schedules from awarding authorities,and to pay no less than these rates to covered workers. The annual update requirement is not applicable to 27F"rental of equipment"contracts. • Every contractor or subcontractor which performs construction work on the project is required to submit weekly payroll reports and a Statement of Compliance directly to the awarding authority by mail or email and keep them on file for three years. Each weekly payroll report must contain: the employee's name,address,occupational classification,hours worked,and wages paid. Do not submit weekly payroll reports to DLS. A sample of a payroll reporting form may be obtained at http://www.mass.gov/dols/Pw. • Contractors with questions about the wage rates or classifications included on the wage schedule have an affirmative obligation to inquire with DLS at(617)626-6953. • Employees not receiving the prevailing wage rate set forth on the wage schedule may report the violation to the Fair Labor Division of the office of the Attorney General at(617)727-3465. • Failure of a contractor or subcontractor to pay the prevailing wage rates listed on the wage schedule to all employees who perform construction work on the project is a violation of the law and subjects the contractor or subcontractor to civil and criminal penalties. Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Construction (2 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2020 $36.25 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $62.88 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.25 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $63.98 06/01/2021 $37.05 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.78 08/01/2021 $37.05 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.28 12/01/2021 $37.05 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.47 (3 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2020 $36.32 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $62.95 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.32 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.05 06/01/2021 $37.12 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.85 08/01/2021 $37.12 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.35 12/01/2021 $37.12 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.54 (4&5 AXLE)DRIVER-EQUIPMENT 08/01/2020 $36.44 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $63.07 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.44 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.17 06/01/2021 $37.24 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.97 08/01/2021 $37.24 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.47 12/01/2021 $37.24 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.66 ADS/SUBMERSIBLE PILOT 08/01/2020 $103.05 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $135.57 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" AIR TRACK OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.59 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.88 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.57 06/01/2021 $41.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.59 12/01/2021 $42.91 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ASBESTOS REMOVER-PIPE/MECH.EQUIPT. 06/01/2020 $37.10 $12.80 $9.45 $0.00 $59.35 HEAT&FROSTINSULATORS LOCAL 6(BOSTON) 12/01/2020 $38.10 $12.80 $9.45 $0.00 $60.35 ASPHALT RAKER 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ASPHALT/CONCRETE/CRUSHER PLANT-ON SITE 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" BACKHOE/FRONT-END LOADER 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" BARCO-TYPE JUMPING TAMPER 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 2 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment BLOCK PAVER,RAMMER/CURB SETTER 06/01/2020 $39.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.59 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.88 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.57 06/01/2021 $41.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.59 12/01/2021 $42.91 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" BOILERMAKER 01/01/2020 $46.10 $7.07 $17.98 $0.00 $71.15 BOILERMAKERS LOCAL 29 Apprentice- BOILERMAKER-Local 29 Effective Date- 01/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 65 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 2 65 $29.97 $7.07 $11.69 $0.00 $48.73 3 70 $32.27 $7.07 $12.59 $0.00 $51.93 4 75 $34.58 $7.07 $13.49 $0.00 $55.14 5 80 $36.88 $7.07 $14.38 $0.00 $58.33 6 85 $39.19 $7.07 $15.29 $0.00 $61.55 7 90 $41.49 $7.07 $16.18 $0.00 $64.74 8 95 $43.80 $7.07 $17.09 $0.00 $67.96 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 BRICK/STONE/ARTIFICIAL MASONRY(INCL.MASONRY 08/01/2020 $55.75 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $88.59 WATERPROOFING) 02/01/2021 $56.39 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $89.23 BRICKLAYERSLOCAL 3(WALTHA* 08/01/2021 $57.79 $10.75 $22.25 $0.00 $90.79 02/01/2022 $58.38 $10.75 $22.25 $0.00 $91.38 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 3 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- BRICK/PLASTERICEMENTMASON-Local 3 Waltham Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $27.88 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $60.72 2 60 $33.45 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $66.29 3 70 $39.03 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $71.87 4 80 $44.60 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $77.44 5 90 $50.18 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $83.02 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.20 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $61.04 2 60 $33.83 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $66.67 3 70 $39.47 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $72.31 4 80 $45.11 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $77.95 5 90 $50.75 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $83.59 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 BULLDOZER/GRADER/SCRAPER 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING BOTTOM MAN 06/01/2020 $40.30 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.14 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $41.28 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $67.12 06/01/2021 $42.30 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.14 12/01/2021 $43.31 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $69.15 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING LABORER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $64.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $65.97 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.99 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CAISSON&UNDERPINNING TOP MAN 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $64.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $65.97 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.99 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CARBIDE CORE DRILL OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 4 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment CARPENTER 09/01/2020 $42.94 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $71.29 CARPENTERS-ZONE 2(Eastern Massachusetts) 03/01/2021 $43.54 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $71.89 09/01/2021 $44.19 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $72.54 03/01/2022 $44.79 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $73.14 09/01/2022 $45.44 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $73.79 03/01/2023 $46.04 $9.40 $18.95 $0.00 $74.39 Apprentice- CARPENTER-Zone 2 Eastern MA Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.47 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $32.60 2 60 $25.76 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $36.89 3 70 $30.06 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $53.22 4 75 $32.21 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $55.37 5 80 $34.35 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.24 6 80 $34.35 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.24 7 90 $38.65 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.27 8 90 $38.65 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.27 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.77 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $32.90 2 60 $26.12 $9.40 $1.73 $0.00 $37.25 3 70 $30.48 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $53.64 4 75 $32.66 $9.40 $13.76 $0.00 $55.82 5 80 $34.83 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.72 6 80 $34.83 $9.40 $15.49 $0.00 $59.72 7 90 $39.19 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.81 8 90 $39.19 $9.40 $17.22 $0.00 $65.81 Notes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - %Indentured After 10/1/17;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 - -Step 1&2$30.45/3&4$36.42/5&6$54.95/7&8$60.97 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CARPENTER WOOD FRAME 04/01/2020 $27.12 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $40.13 CARPENTERS-ZONE 2(Wood Frame) 04/01/2021 $27.87 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $40.88 04/01/2022 $28.62 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $41.63 04/01/2023 $28.97 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $41.98 All Aspects of New Wood Frame Work Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 5 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- CARPENTER(Wood Frame)-Zone 2 Effective Date- 04/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.27 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.48 2 60 $16.27 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.48 3 65 $17.63 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $26.84 4 70 $18.98 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $28.19 5 75 $20.34 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $33.35 6 80 $21.70 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $34.71 7 85 $23.05 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $36.06 8 90 $24.41 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $37.42 Effective Date- 04/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $16.72 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.93 2 60 $16.72 $7.21 $0.00 $0.00 $23.93 3 65 $18.12 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $27.33 4 70 $19.51 $7.21 $2.00 $0.00 $28.72 5 75 $20.90 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $33.91 6 80 $22.30 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $35.31 7 85 $23.69 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $36.70 8 90 $25.08 $7.21 $5.80 $0.00 $38.09 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I %Indentured After 10/l/I7;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 - Step 1&2$19.41/3&4$24.13/5&6$31.99/7&8$34.71- - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 CEMENT MASONRY/PLASTERING 01/01/2020 $49.07 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $84.85 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3(WALTHAM) Apprentice- CEMENTMASONRY/PLASTERING-Eastern Mass(Waltham) Effective Date- 01/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.54 $12.75 $15.41 $0.00 $52.70 2 60 $29.44 $12.75 $17.41 $0.62 $60.22 3 65 $31.90 $12.75 $18.41 $0.62 $63.68 4 70 $34.35 $12.75 $19.41 $0.62 $67.13 5 75 $36.80 $12.75 $20.41 $0.62 $70.58 6 80 $39.26 $12.75 $21.41 $0.62 $74.04 7 90 $44.16 $12.75 $22.41 $0.62 $79.94 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps 3,4 are 500 hrs.All other steps are 1,000 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 6 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment CHAIN SAW OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONEI 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" CLAM SHELLS/SLURRYBUCKETS/HEADING MACHINES 06/01/2020 $50.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $51.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.18 06/01/2021 $52.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.28 12/01/2021 $53.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $82.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" COMPRESSOR OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $32.72 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $61.42 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $33.50 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.20 06/01/2021 $34.25 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.95 12/01/2021 $35.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" DELEADER(BRIDGE) 07/01/2020 $51.51 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $82.16 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 01/01/2021 $52.06 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $83.06 Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $25.76 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.01 2 55 $28.33 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $42.63 3 60 $30.91 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $45.76 4 65 $33.48 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $48.88 5 70 $36.06 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $63.41 6 75 $38.63 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $66.53 7 80 $41.21 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $69.66 8 90 $46.36 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $75.91 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 2 55 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 3 60 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 4 65 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 5 70 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 6 75 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 7 80 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 8 90 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNot Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 7 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment DEMO:ADZEMAN 12/01/2019 $39.30 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $64.00 LABORERS-ZONE I For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:BACKHOE/LOADER/HAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2019 $40.30 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $65.00 LABORERS-ZONE] For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:BURNERS 12/01/2019 $40.05 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $64.75 LABORERS-ZONE I For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:CONCRETE CUTTER/SAWYER 12/01/2019 $40.30 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $65.00 LABORERS-ZONE] For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:JACKHAMMER OPERATOR 12/01/2019 $40.05 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $64.75 LABORERS-ZONE I For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DEMO:WRECKING LABORER 12/01/2019 $39.30 $8.10 $16.60 $0.00 $64.00 LABORERS-ZONE] For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" DIRECTIONAL DRILL MACHINE OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" DIVER 08/01/2020 $68.70 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $101.22 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER TENDER(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2020 $73.60 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $106.12 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DIVER/SLURRY(EFFLUENT) 08/01/2020 $103.05 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $135.57 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" DRAWBRIDGE OPERATOR(Construction) 07/01/2020 $26.77 $6.67 $3.93 $0.16 $37.53 DRAWBRIDGE-SEIU LOCAL 888 ELECTRICIAN 09/01/2020 $54.45 $13.00 $19.73 $0.00 $87.18 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 09/01/2021 $56.84 $13.00 $20.06 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $58.04 $13.00 $20.09 $0.00 $91.13 09/01/2022 $59.48 $13.00 $20.13 $0.00 $92.61 03/01/2023 $60.67 $13.00 $20.17 $0.00 $93.84 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 8 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- ELECTRICIAN-Local 103 Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $21.78 $13.00 $0.65 $0.00 $35.43 2 40 $21.78 $13.00 $0.65 $0.00 $35.43 3 45 $24.50 $13.00 $14.87 $0.00 $52.37 4 45 $24.50 $13.00 $14.87 $0.00 $52.37 5 50 $27.23 $13.00 $15.31 $0.00 $55.54 6 55 $29.95 $13.00 $15.75 $0.00 $58.70 7 60 $32.67 $13.00 $16.19 $0.00 $61.86 8 65 $35.39 $13.00 $16.63 $0.00 $65.02 9 70 $38.12 $13.00 $17.07 $0.00 $68.19 10 75 $40.84 $13.00 $17.53 $0.00 $71.37 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $22.16 $13.00 $0.66 $0.00 $35.82 2 40 $22.16 $13.00 $0.66 $0.00 $35.82 3 45 $24.93 $13.00 $15.13 $0.00 $53.06 4 45 $24.93 $13.00 $15.13 $0.00 $53.06 5 50 $27.71 $13.00 $15.57 $0.00 $56.28 6 55 $30.48 $13.00 $16.01 $0.00 $59.49 7 60 $33.25 $13.00 $16.46 $0.00 $62.71 8 65 $36.02 $13.00 $16.90 $0.00 $65.92 9 70 $38.79 $13.00 $17.34 $0.00 $69.13 10 75 $41.56 $13.00 $17.80 $0.00 $72.36 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: : - - App Prior 1/1/03;30/35/40/45/50/55/65/70/75/80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:2:3*** ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR 01/01/2020 $61.42 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $95.56 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 4 01/01/2021 $63.47 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $98.66 01/01/2022 $65.62 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $101.86 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 9 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR-Local 4 Effective Date- 01/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $30.71 $15.73 $0.00 $0.00 $46.44 2 55 $33.78 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $67.92 3 65 $39.92 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $74.06 4 70 $42.99 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $77.13 5 80 $49.14 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $83.28 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $31.74 $15.88 $0.00 $0.00 $47.62 2 55 $34.91 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $70.10 3 65 $41.26 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $76.45 4 70 $44.43 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $79.62 5 80 $50.78 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $85.97 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: Steps 1-2 are 6 mos.;Steps 3-5 are 1 year - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR HELPER 01/01/2020 $42.99 $15.73 $18.41 $0.00 $77.13 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS LOCAL 4 01/01/2021 $44.43 $15.88 $19.31 $0.00 $79.62 01/01/2022 $45.93 $16.03 $20.21 $0.00 $82.17 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTOR" FENCE&GUARD RAIL ERECTOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" FIELD ENG.INST.PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2020 $44.73 $12.50 $15.70 $0.00 $72.93 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2020 $45.23 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $73.93 05/01/2021 $46.38 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $75.08 11/01/2021 $47.38 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $76.08 05/01/2022 $48.53 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.23 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FIELD ENGYARTY CHIEF-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2020 $46.23 $12.50 $15.70 $0.00 $74.43 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2020 $46.74 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $75.44 05/01/2021 $47.90 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $76.60 11/01/2021 $48.91 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.61 05/01/2022 $50.07 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.77 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 10 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment FIELD ENG.ROD PERSON-BLDG,SITE,HVY/HWY 05/01/2020 $22.64 $12.50 $15.70 $0.00 $50.84 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 11/01/2020 $22.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $51.43 05/01/2021 $23.41 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $52.11 11/01/2021 $24.01 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $52.71 05/01/2022 $24.68 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $53.38 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FIRE ALARM INSTALLER 09/01/2020 $54.45 $13.00 $19.73 $0.00 $87.18 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 09/01/2021 $56.84 $13.00 $20.06 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $58.04 $13.00 $20.09 $0.00 $91.13 09/01/2022 $59.48 $13.00 $20.13 $0.00 $92.61 03/01/2023 $60.67 $13.00 $20.17 $0.00 $93.84 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN' FIRE ALARM REPAIR/MAINTENANCE 09/01/2020 $40.84 $13.00 $17.53 $0.00 $71.37 I LOCAL 103 COMMISSIONINGELEcTRICLms 03/01/2021 $42.11 $13.00 $17.88 $0.00 $72.99 09/01/2021 $43.77 $13.00 $18.00 $0.00 $74.77 03/01/2022 $45.27 $13.00 $18.12 $0.00 $76.39 09/01/2022 $46.99 $13.00 $18.24 $0.00 $78.23 03/01/2023 $48.54 $13.00 $18.37 $0.00 $79.91 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-TELECONIMUNICATIONS TECHNICIAN' FIREMAN(ASST.ENGINEER) 06/01/2020 $40.30 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $69.00 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $41.25 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $69.95 06/01/2021 $42.16 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $70.86 12/01/2021 $43.11 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $71.81 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" FLAGGER&SIGNALER 06/01/2020 $23.50 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $49.19 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $24.50 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $50.19 06/01/2021 $24.50 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $50.19 12/01/2021 $24.50 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $50.19 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" FLOORCOVERER 09/01/2020 $47.79 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $76.44 FLOORCOVERERS LOCAL 2168 ZONE I 03/01/2021 $48.59 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $77.24 09/01/2021 $49.39 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $78.04 03/01/2022 $50.19 $9.40 $19.25 $0.00 $78.84 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 11 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- FLOORCOVERER-Local 2168 Zone I Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $23.90 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $35.09 2 55 $26.28 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $37.47 3 60 $28.67 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $51.95 4 65 $31.06 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $54.34 5 70 $33.45 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $58.52 6 75 $35.84 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $60.91 7 80 $38.23 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $65.09 8 85 $40.62 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $67.48 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.30 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $35.49 2 55 $26.72 $9.40 $1.79 $0.00 $37.91 3 60 $29.15 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $52.43 4 65 $31.58 $9.40 $13.88 $0.00 $54.86 5 70 $34.01 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $59.08 6 75 $36.44 $9.40 $15.67 $0.00 $61.51 7 80 $38.87 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $65.73 8 85 $41.30 $9.40 $17.46 $0.00 $68.16 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:Steps are 750 hrs. %After 09/1/17;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80(1500hr Steps) - Step 1&2$32.70/3&4$39.20/5&6$58.52/7&8$65.09- - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 FORKLIFT/CHERRY PICKER 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" GENERATOR/LIGHTING PLANT/HEATERS 06/01/2020 $32.72 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $61.42 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $33.50 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.20 06/01/2021 $34.25 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.95 12/01/2021 $35.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" GLAZIER(GLASS PLANK/AIR BARRIER/INTERIOR 07/01/2020 $41.01 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $71.66 SYSTEMS) GLAZIERS LOCAL 35(ZONE 2) 01/01/2021 $41.56 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.56 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 12 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- GLAZIER-Local 35 Zone 2 Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.51 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.76 2 55 $22.56 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $36.86 3 60 $24.61 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $39.46 4 65 $26.66 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $42.06 5 70 $28.71 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $56.06 6 75 $30.76 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $58.66 7 80 $32.81 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $61.26 8 90 $36.91 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $66.46 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.78 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.03 2 55 $22.86 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $37.27 3 60 $24.94 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.91 4 65 $27.01 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.54 5 70 $29.09 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.73 6 75 $31.17 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $59.37 7 80 $33.25 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $62.01 8 90 $37.40 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $67.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 HOISTING ENGINEER/CRANES/GRADALLS 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 13 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- OPERATING ENGINEERS-Local 4 Effective Date- 06/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $27.13 $13.00 $0.00 $0.00 $40.13 2 60 $29.60 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $58.30 3 65 $32.06 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $60.76 4 70 $34.53 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $63.23 5 75 $37.00 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $65.70 6 80 $39.46 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $68.16 7 85 $41.93 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $70.63 8 90 $44.40 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $73.10 Effective Date- 12/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $27.76 $13.00 $0.00 $0.00 $40.76 2 60 $30.29 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $58.99 3 65 $32.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $61.51 4 70 $35.34 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $64.04 5 75 $37.86 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $66.56 6 80 $40.38 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $69.08 7 85 $42.91 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $71.61 8 90 $45.43 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $74.13 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:6 HVAC(DUCTWORK) 08/01/2020 $50.67 $13.50 $24.12 $2.65 $90.94 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL I7-A 02/01/2021 $52.32 $13.50 $24.12 $2.70 $92.64 08/01/2021 $54.07 $13.50 $24.12 $2.75 $94.44 02/01/2022 $55.82 $13.50 $24.12 $2.80 $96.24 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" HVAC(ELECTRICAL CONTROLS) 09/01/2020 $54.45 $13.00 $19.73 $0.00 $87.18 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 03/01/2021 $55.41 $13.00 $20.01 $0.00 $88.42 09/01/2021 $56.84 $13.00 $20.06 $0.00 $89.90 03/01/2022 $58.04 $13.00 $20.09 $0.00 $91.13 09/01/2022 $59.48 $13.00 $20.13 $0.00 $92.61 03/01/2023 $60.67 $13.00 $20.17 $0.00 $93.84 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ELECTRICIAN' HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-AIR) 08/01/2020 $50.67 $13.50 $24.12 $2.65 $90.94 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL I7-A 02/01/2021 $52.32 $13.50 $24.12 $2.70 $92.64 08/01/2021 $54.07 $13.50 $24.12 $2.75 $94.44 02/01/2022 $55.82 $13.50 $24.12 $2.80 $96.24 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-SHEET METAL WORKER" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 14 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment HVAC(TESTING AND BALANCING-WATER) 09/01/2020 $56.44 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $88.38 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HVAC MECHANIC 09/01/2020 $56.44 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $88.38 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" HYDRAULIC DRILLS 06/01/2020 $39.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.59 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.88 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.57 06/01/2021 $41.90 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.59 12/01/2021 $42.91 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.60 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" INSULATOR(PIPES&TANKS) 09/01/2020 $49.00 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $79.94 HEAT&FROSTINSULATORS LOCAL 6(BOSTON) 09/01/2021 $51.40 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $82.34 09/01/2022 $53.85 $13.80 $17.14 $0.00 $84.79 Apprentice- ASBESTOS INSULATOR(Pipes&Tanks)-Local 6 Boston Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.50 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $50.72 2 60 $29.40 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $56.56 3 70 $34.30 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $62.41 4 80 $39.20 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $68.25 Effective Date- 09/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $25.70 $13.80 $12.42 $0.00 $51.92 2 60 $30.84 $13.80 $13.36 $0.00 $58.00 3 70 $35.98 $13.80 $14.31 $0.00 $64.09 4 80 $41.12 $13.80 $15.25 $0.00 $70.17 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Steps are 1 year - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 IRONWORKER/WELDER 09/16/2020 $48.66 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $81.86 IRONWORKERSLOCAL 7(BOSTONAREA) Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 15 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- IRONWORKER-Local 7 Boston Effective Date- 09/16/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $29.20 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $62.40 2 70 $34.06 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $67.26 3 75 $36.50 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $69.70 4 80 $38.93 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $72.13 5 85 $41.36 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $74.56 6 90 $43.79 $8.10 $25.10 $0.00 $76.99 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I **Structural 1:6;Ornamental 1:4 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** JACKHAMMER&PAVING BREAKER OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 Apprentice- LABORER-Zone 1 Effective Date- 06/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $23.49 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $49.18 2 70 $27.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $53.10 3 80 $31.32 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $57.01 4 90 $35.24 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $60.93 Effective Date- 12/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $24.08 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $49.77 2 70 $28.09 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $53.78 3 80 $32.10 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $57.79 4 90 $36.12 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $61.81 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 16 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment LABORER:CARPENTER TENDER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:CEMENT FINISHER TENDER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:HAZARDOUS WASTE/ASBESTOS REMOVER 06/01/2020 $39.30 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.99 LABORERS-ZONE] For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:MASON TENDER 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:MULTI-TRADE TENDER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LABORER:TREE REMOVER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 This classification applies to the removal of standing trees,and the trimming and removal of branches and limbs when related to public works construction or site clearance incidental to construction.For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" LASER BEAM OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" MARBLE&TILE FINISHERS 08/01/2020 $42.57 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $73.59 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2021 $43.08 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $74.10 08/01/2021 $44.20 $10.75 $20.43 $0.00 $75.38 02/01/2022 $44.67 $10.75 $20.43 $0.00 $75.85 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 17 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- MARBLE&TILE FINISHER-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.29 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $52.31 2 60 $25.54 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $56.56 3 70 $29.80 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $60.82 4 80 $34.06 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $65.08 5 90 $38.31 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $69.33 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.54 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $52.56 2 60 $25.85 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $56.87 3 70 $30.16 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $61.18 4 80 $34.46 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $65.48 5 90 $38.77 $10.75 $20.27 $0.00 $69.79 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 MARBLE MASONS,TILELAYERS&TERRAZZO MECH 08/01/2020 $55.77 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $88.60 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2021 $56.41 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $89.24 08/01/2021 $57.81 $10.75 $22.24 $0.00 $90.80 02/01/2022 $58.38 $10.75 $22.24 $0.00 $91.37 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 18 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- MARBLE-TILE-TERRAZZO MECHANIC-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $27.89 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $60.72 2 60 $33.46 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $66.29 3 70 $39.04 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $71.87 4 80 $44.62 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $77.45 5 90 $50.19 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $83.02 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $28.21 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $61.04 2 60 $33.85 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $66.68 3 70 $39.49 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $72.32 4 80 $45.13 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $77.96 5 90 $50.77 $10.75 $22.08 $0.00 $83.60 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MECH.SWEEPER OPERATOR(ON CONST.SITES) 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" MECHANICS MAINTENANCE 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" MILLWRIGHT(Zone 1) 04/01/2019 $42.22 $9.90 $18.50 $0.00 $70.62 MILLWRIGHTS LOCAL 1121-Zone 1 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 19 of 36 Supplemental Total Rate Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Apprentice- MILLWRIGHT-Local 1121 Zone I Effective Date- 04/01/2019 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 55 $23.22 $9.90 $5.31 $0.00 $38.43 2 65 $27.44 $9.90 $15.13 $0.00 $52.47 3 75 $31.67 $9.90 $16.10 $0.00 $57.67 4 85 $35.89 $9.90 $17.06 $0.00 $62.85 r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: Steps are 2,000 hours _ - - - - - - - - - J - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 MORTAR MIXER 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $69.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" OILER(OTHER THAN TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS) 06/01/2020 $23.13 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $51.83 OPERA TING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $23.70 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $52.40 06/01/2021 $24.25 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $52.95 12/01/2021 $24.83 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $53.53 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" OILER(TRUCK CRANES,GRADALLS) 06/01/2020 $27.79 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $56.49 OPERA TING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $28.47 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $57.17 06/01/2021 $29.11 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $57.81 12/01/2021 $29.79 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $58.49 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" OTHER POWER DRIVEN EQUIPMENT-CLASS II 06/01/2020 $49.91 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PAINTER(BRIDGES/TANKS) 07/01/2020 $51.51 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $82.16 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 01/01/2021 $52.06 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $83.06 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-039 Page 20 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 -BRIDGES/TANKS Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $25.76 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.01 2 55 $28.33 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $42.63 3 60 $30.91 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $45.76 4 65 $33.48 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $48.88 5 70 $36.06 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $63.41 6 75 $38.63 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $66.53 7 80 $41.21 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $69.66 8 90 $46.36 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $75.91 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $26.03 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $34.28 2 55 $28.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $43.04 3 60 $31.24 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $46.21 4 65 $33.84 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $49.37 5 70 $36.44 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $64.08 6 75 $39.05 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $67.25 7 80 $41.65 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $70.41 8 90 $46.85 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $76.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,NEW)* 07/01/2020 $41.21 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $71.86 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, 01/01/2021 $42.96 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $73.96 NEW paint rate shall be used.PANTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 21 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-Spray/Sandblast-New Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.61 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.86 2 55 $22.67 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $36.97 3 60 $24.73 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $39.58 4 65 $26.79 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $42.19 5 70 $28.85 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $56.20 6 75 $30.91 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $58.81 7 80 $32.97 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $61.42 8 90 $37.09 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $66.64 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $21.48 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.73 2 55 $23.63 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $38.04 3 60 $25.78 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $40.75 4 65 $27.92 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $43.45 5 70 $30.07 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $57.71 6 75 $32.22 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $60.42 7 80 $34.37 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $63.13 8 90 $38.66 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $68.54 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I Steps are 750 hrs. ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(SPRAY OR SANDBLAST,REPAINT) 07/01/2020 $40.47 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $71.12 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 01/01/2021 $41.02 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.02 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 22 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-Spray/Sandblast-Repaint Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.24 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.49 2 55 $22.26 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $36.56 3 60 $24.28 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $39.13 4 65 $26.31 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $41.71 5 70 $28.33 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $55.68 6 75 $30.35 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $58.25 7 80 $32.38 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $60.83 8 90 $36.42 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $65.97 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.51 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.76 2 55 $22.56 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $36.97 3 60 $24.61 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.58 4 65 $26.66 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.19 5 70 $28.71 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.35 6 75 $30.77 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $58.97 7 80 $32.82 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $61.58 8 90 $36.92 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $66.80 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER(TRAFFIC MARKINGS) 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $64.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.82 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.84 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.85 For Apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,NEW)* 07/01/2020 $41.01 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $71.66 *If 30%or more of surfaces to be painted are new construction, 01/01/2021 $41.56 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $72.56 NEW paint rate shall be used.PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 23 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER-Local 35 Zone 2-BRUSHNEW Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.51 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.76 2 55 $22.56 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $36.86 3 60 $24.61 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $39.46 4 65 $26.66 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $42.06 5 70 $28.71 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $56.06 6 75 $30.76 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $58.66 7 80 $32.81 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $61.26 8 90 $36.91 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $66.46 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $20.78 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $29.03 2 55 $22.86 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $37.27 3 60 $24.94 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $39.91 4 65 $27.01 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $42.54 5 70 $29.09 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $56.73 6 75 $31.17 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $59.37 7 80 $33.25 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $62.01 8 90 $37.40 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $67.28 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PAINTER/TAPER(BRUSH,REPAINT) 07/01/2020 $39.07 $8.25 $22.40 $0.00 $69.72 PAINTERS LOCAL 35-ZONE 2 O1/01/2021 $39.62 $8.25 $22.75 $0.00 $70.62 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 24 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PAINTER Local 35 Zone 2-BRUSH REPAINT Effective Date- 07/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $19.54 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $27.79 2 55 $21.49 $8.25 $6.05 $0.00 $35.79 3 60 $23.44 $8.25 $6.60 $0.00 $38.29 4 65 $25.40 $8.25 $7.15 $0.00 $40.80 5 70 $27.35 $8.25 $19.10 $0.00 $54.70 6 75 $29.30 $8.25 $19.65 $0.00 $57.20 7 80 $31.26 $8.25 $20.20 $0.00 $59.71 8 90 $35.16 $8.25 $21.30 $0.00 $64.71 Effective Date- 01/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $19.81 $8.25 $0.00 $0.00 $28.06 2 55 $21.79 $8.25 $6.16 $0.00 $36.20 3 60 $23.77 $8.25 $6.72 $0.00 $38.74 4 65 $25.75 $8.25 $7.28 $0.00 $41.28 5 70 $27.73 $8.25 $19.39 $0.00 $55.37 6 75 $29.72 $8.25 $19.95 $0.00 $57.92 7 80 $31.70 $8.25 $20.51 $0.00 $60.46 8 90 $35.66 $8.25 $21.63 $0.00 $65.54 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - I Steps are 750 hrs. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:1 PANEL&PICKUP TRUCKS DRIVER 08/01/2020 $36.08 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $62.71 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.08 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $63.81 06/01/2021 $36.88 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.61 08/01/2021 $36.88 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.11 12/01/2021 $36.88 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.30 PIER AND DOCK CONSTRUCTOR(UNDERPINNING AND 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 DECK) PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PILE DRIVER" PILE DRIVER 08/01/2020 $49.07 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $81.59 PILE DRIVER LOCAL 56(ZONE 1) Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 25 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- PILEDRIVER-Local 56 Zone 1 Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.54 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $57.06 2 60 $29.44 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $61.96 3 70 $34.35 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $66.87 4 75 $36.80 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $69.32 5 80 $39.26 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $71.78 6 80 $39.26 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $71.78 7 90 $44.16 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $76.68 8 90 $44.16 $9.40 $23.12 $0.00 $76.68 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - %Indentured After 10/1/17;45/45/55/55/70/70/80/80 - -Step 1&2$34.01/3&4$41.46/5&6$62.80/7&8$69.25 - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:5 PIPEFITTER&STEAMFITTER 09/01/2020 $56.44 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $88.38 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 Apprentice- PIPEFITTER-Local 537 Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $22.58 $11.70 $8.25 $0.00 $42.53 2 45 $25.40 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $57.34 3 60 $33.86 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $65.80 4 70 $39.51 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $71.45 5 80 $45.15 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $77.09 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 40 $23.18 $11.70 $8.25 $0.00 $43.13 2 45 $26.07 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $58.01 3 60 $34.76 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $66.70 4 70 $40.56 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $72.50 5 80 $46.35 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $78.29 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ** 1:3;3:15; 1:10 thereafter/Steps are 1 yr. - Refrig/AC Mechanic**11;1:2;2:4;3:6;4:85:10;6:12;7:14;8:17;9:20;10:23(Max) - - - J - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PIPELAYER 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 26 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS 09/01/2020 $58.69 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $89.52 PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS LOCAL 12 03/01/2021 $60.19 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $91.02 Apprentice- PLUMBER/GASFITTER-Local 12 Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $20.54 $13.57 $6.24 $0.00 $40.35 2 40 $23.48 $13.57 $7.08 $0.00 $44.13 3 55 $32.28 $13.57 $9.63 $0.00 $55.48 4 65 $38.15 $13.57 $11.33 $0.00 $63.05 5 75 $44.02 $13.57 $13.03 $0.00 $70.62 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $21.07 $13.57 $6.24 $0.00 $40.88 2 40 $24.08 $13.57 $7.08 $0.00 $44.73 3 55 $33.10 $13.57 $9.63 $0.00 $56.30 4 65 $39.12 $13.57 $11.33 $0.00 $64.02 5 75 $45.14 $13.57 $13.03 $0.00 $71.74 s:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNote ** 1:2;2:6;3:10;4:14;5:19/Steps are 1 yr Step4 with lic$66.82,Step5 with lic$74.39 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** PNEUMATIC CONTROLS(TEMP.) 09/01/2020 $56.44 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $88.38 PIPEFITTERS LOCAL 537 03/01/2021 $57.94 $11.70 $20.24 $0.00 $89.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER" PNEUMATIC DRILL/TOOL OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE 1 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" POWDERMAN&BLASTER 06/01/2020 $40.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.84 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $41.13 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.82 06/01/2021 $42.15 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.84 12/01/2021 $43.16 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.85 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" POWER SHOVEL/DERRICK/TRENCHING MACHINE 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" PUMP OPERATOR(CONCRETE) 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 27 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment PUMP OPERATOR(DEWATERING,OTHER) 06/01/2020 $32.72 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $61.42 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $33.50 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.20 06/01/2021 $34.25 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $62.95 12/01/2021 $35.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $63.74 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" READY MIX CONCRETE DRIVERS after 4/30/12 08/01/2020 $27.90 $10.91 $14.12 $0.00 $52.93 (Drivers Hired After 4/30/2012)TEAMSTERS25(Suburban)-Aggregate 05/01/2021 $29.15 $10.91 $15.25 $0.00 $55.31 08/01/2021 $29.15 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $55.81 05/01/2022 $30.40 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $57.06 08/01/2022 $30.40 $11.91 $15.25 $0.00 $57.56 READY-MIX CONCRETE DRIVER 08/01/2020 $29.00 $10.91 $14.12 $0.00 $54.03 TEAMSTERS 25(Suburban)-Aggregate 05/01/2021 $29.75 $10.91 $15.25 $0.00 $55.91 08/01/2021 $29.75 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $56.41 05/01/2022 $30.50 $11.41 $15.25 $0.00 $57.16 08/01/2022 $30.50 $11.91 $15.25 $0.00 $57.66 RECLAIMERS 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" RIDE-ON MOTORIZED BUGGY OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONE] 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" ROLLER/SPREADER/MULCHING MACHINE 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" ROOFER(Inc.Roofer Waterproofng&Roofer Damproofg) 08/01/2020 $46.60 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $74.50 ROOFERS LOCAL 33 02/01/2021 $48.03 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $75.93 08/01/2021 $49.46 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $77.36 02/01/2022 $50.89 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $78.79 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 28 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- ROOFER-Local 33 Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $23.30 $11.75 $3.81 $0.00 $38.86 2 60 $27.96 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $55.86 3 65 $30.29 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $58.19 4 75 $34.95 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $62.85 5 85 $39.61 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $67.51 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $24.02 $11.75 $3.81 $0.00 $39.58 2 60 $28.82 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $56.72 3 65 $31.22 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $59.12 4 75 $36.02 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $63.92 5 85 $40.83 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $68.73 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: ** 1:5,2:6-10,the 1:10;Reroofing: 1:4,then 1:1 Step 1 is 2000 hrs.;Steps 2-5 are 1000 hrs. (Hot Pitch Mechanics'receive$1.00 hr.above ROOFER) - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:** ROOFER SLATE/TILE/PRECAST CONCRETE 08/01/2020 $46.85 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $74.75 ROOFERS LOCAL 33 02/01/2021 $48.28 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $76.18 08/01/2021 $49.71 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $77.61 02/01/2022 $51.14 $11.75 $16.15 $0.00 $79.04 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-ROOFER" SHEETMETAL WORKER 08/01/2020 $50.67 $13.50 $24.12 $2.65 $90.94 SHEETMETAL WORKERS LOCAL I7-A 02/01/2021 $52.32 $13.50 $24.12 $2.70 $92.64 08/01/2021 $54.07 $13.50 $24.12 $2.75 $94.44 02/01/2022 $55.82 $13.50 $24.12 $2.80 $96.24 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 29 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- SHEET METAL WORKER-Local 17-A Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 42 $21.28 $13.50 $5.89 $0.00 $40.67 2 42 $21.28 $13.50 $5.89 $0.00 $40.67 3 47 $23.81 $13.50 $11.13 $1.45 $49.89 4 47 $23.81 $13.50 $11.13 $1.45 $49.89 5 52 $26.35 $13.50 $12.08 $1.56 $53.49 6 52 $26.35 $13.50 $12.33 $1.57 $53.75 7 60 $30.40 $13.50 $13.70 $1.73 $59.33 8 65 $32.94 $13.50 $15.15 $1.83 $63.42 9 75 $38.00 $13.50 $16.56 $2.04 $70.10 10 85 $43.07 $13.50 $17.96 $2.24 $76.77 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 42 $21.97 $13.50 $5.89 $0.00 $41.36 2 42 $21.97 $13.50 $5.89 $0.00 $41.36 3 47 $24.59 $13.50 $11.13 $1.48 $50.70 4 47 $24.59 $13.50 $11.13 $1.48 $50.70 5 52 $27.21 $13.50 $12.08 $1.58 $54.37 6 52 $27.21 $13.50 $12.33 $1.59 $54.63 7 60 $31.39 $13.50 $13.70 $1.76 $60.35 8 65 $34.01 $13.50 $15.15 $1.88 $64.54 9 75 $39.24 $13.50 $16.56 $2.08 $71.38 10 85 $44.47 $13.50 $17.96 $2.28 $78.21 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: I Steps are 6 mos. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:4 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP<35 TONS 08/01/2020 $36.54 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $63.17 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.54 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.27 06/01/2021 $37.34 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $65.07 08/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.57 12/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.76 SPECIALIZED EARTH MOVING EQUIP>35 TONS 08/01/2020 $36.83 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $63.46 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE A 12/01/2020 $36.83 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.56 06/01/2021 $37.63 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $65.36 08/01/2021 $37.63 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.86 12/01/2021 $37.63 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $67.05 SPRINKLER FITTER 10/01/2020 $61.97 $9.68 $20.55 $0.00 $92.20 SPRINKLER FITTERS LOCAL 550-(Section A)Zone 1 03/01/2021 $63.47 $9.68 $20.55 $0.00 $93.70 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 30 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- SPRINKLER FITTER-Local 550(Section A)Zone 1 Effective Date- 10/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $21.69 $9.68 $11.61 $0.00 $42.98 2 40 $24.79 $9.68 $12.30 $0.00 $46.77 3 45 $27.89 $9.68 $12.99 $0.00 $50.56 4 50 $30.99 $9.68 $13.73 $0.00 $54.40 5 55 $34.08 $9.68 $14.36 $0.00 $58.12 6 60 $37.18 $9.68 $15.05 $0.00 $61.91 7 65 $40.28 $9.68 $15.74 $0.00 $65.70 8 70 $43.38 $9.68 $16.43 $0.00 $69.49 9 75 $46.48 $9.68 $17.11 $0.00 $73.27 10 80 $49.58 $9.68 $17.80 $0.00 $77.06 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 35 $22.21 $9.68 $11.61 $0.00 $43.50 2 40 $25.39 $9.68 $12.30 $0.00 $47.37 3 45 $28.56 $9.68 $12.99 $0.00 $51.23 4 50 $31.74 $9.68 $13.73 $0.00 $55.15 5 55 $34.91 $9.68 $14.36 $0.00 $58.95 6 60 $38.08 $9.68 $15.05 $0.00 $62.81 7 65 $41.26 $9.68 $15.74 $0.00 $66.68 8 70 $44.43 $9.68 $16.43 $0.00 $70.54 9 75 $47.60 $9.68 $17.11 $0.00 $74.39 10 80 $50.78 $9.68 $17.80 $0.00 $78.26 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes:Apprentice entered prior 9/30/10: 40/45/50/55/60/65/70/75/80/85 - -Steps are 850 hours J - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 STEAM BOILER OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" TAMPERS,SELF-PROPELLED OR TRACTOR DRAWN 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 31 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN 09/01/2020 $40.84 $13.00 $17.53 $0.00 $71.37 ELECTRICIANS LOCAL 103 03/01/2021 $42.11 $13.00 $17.88 $0.00 $72.99 09/01/2021 $43.77 $13.00 $18.00 $0.00 $74.77 03/01/2022 $45.27 $13.00 $18.12 $0.00 $76.39 09/01/2022 $46.99 $13.00 $18.24 $0.00 $78.23 03/01/2023 $48.54 $13.00 $18.37 $0.00 $79.91 Apprentice- TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIAN-Local 103 Effective Date- 09/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $18.38 $13.00 $0.55 $0.00 $31.93 2 45 $18.38 $13.00 $0.55 $0.00 $31.93 3 50 $20.42 $13.00 $14.20 $0.00 $47.62 4 50 $20.42 $13.00 $14.20 $0.00 $47.62 5 55 $22.46 $13.00 $14.53 $0.00 $49.99 6 60 $24.50 $13.00 $14.87 $0.00 $52.37 7 65 $26.55 $13.00 $15.20 $0.00 $54.75 8 70 $28.59 $13.00 $15.53 $0.00 $57.12 9 75 $30.63 $13.00 $15.87 $0.00 $59.50 10 80 $32.67 $13.00 $16.20 $0.00 $61.87 Effective Date- 03/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 45 $18.95 $13.00 $0.57 $0.00 $32.52 2 45 $18.95 $13.00 $0.57 $0.00 $32.52 3 50 $21.06 $13.00 $14.47 $0.00 $48.53 4 50 $21.06 $13.00 $14.47 $0.00 $48.53 5 55 $23.16 $13.00 $14.80 $0.00 $50.96 6 60 $25.27 $13.00 $15.14 $0.00 $53.41 7 65 $27.37 $13.00 $15.47 $0.00 $55.84 8 70 $29.48 $13.00 $15.80 $0.00 $58.28 9 75 $31.58 $13.00 $16.15 $0.00 $60.73 10 80 $33.69 $13.00 $16.48 $0.00 $63.17 rNotes:- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:I TERRAZZO FINISHERS 08/01/2020 $54.69 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $87.53 BRICKLAYERS LOCAL 3-MARBLE&TILE 02/01/2021 $55.33 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $88.17 08/01/2021 $56.73 $10.75 $22.25 $0.00 $89.73 02/01/2022 $57.32 $10.75 $22.25 $0.00 $90.32 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 32 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Apprentice- TERRAZZO FINISHER-Local 3 Marble&Tile Effective Date- 08/01/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $27.35 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $60.19 2 60 $32.81 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $65.65 3 70 $38.28 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $71.12 4 80 $43.75 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $76.59 5 90 $49.22 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $82.06 Effective Date- 02/01/2021 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 50 $27.67 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $60.51 2 60 $33.20 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $66.04 3 70 $38.73 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $71.57 4 80 $44.26 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $77.10 5 90 $49.80 $10.75 $22.09 $0.00 $82.64 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - rNotes: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:3 TEST BORING DRILLER 06/01/2020 $40.55 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.39 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $41.53 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $67.37 06/01/2021 $42.55 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.39 12/01/2021 $43.56 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $69.40 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TEST BORING DRILLER HELPER 06/01/2020 $39.27 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $65.11 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $40.25 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.09 06/01/2021 $41.27 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $67.11 12/01/2021 $42.28 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.12 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TEST BORING LABORER 06/01/2020 $39.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $64.99 LABORERS-FOUNDATIONAND MARINE 12/01/2020 $40.13 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $65.97 06/01/2021 $41.15 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $66.99 12/01/2021 $42.16 $8.60 $17.24 $0.00 $68.00 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TRACTORS/PORTABLE STEAM GENERATORS 06/01/2020 $48.81 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $77.51 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $49.95 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $51.04 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.74 12/01/2021 $52.18 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.88 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 33 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment TRAILERS FOR EARTH MOVING EQUIPMENT 08/01/2020 $37.12 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $63.75 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE 12/01/2020 $37.12 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.85 06/01/2021 $37.92 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $65.65 08/01/2021 $37.92 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $66.15 12/01/2021 $37.92 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $67.34 TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR 06/01/2020 $51.38 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $77.67 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2020 $52.36 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $78.65 06/01/2021 $53.38 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $79.67 12/01/2021 $54.39 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $80.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-COMPRESSED AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2020 $53.38 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $79.67 LABORERS(COMPRESSED AIR) 12/01/2020 $54.36 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $80.65 06/01/2021 $55.38 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $81.67 12/01/2021 $56.39 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $82.68 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR 06/01/2020 $43.45 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $69.74 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) 12/01/2020 $44.43 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $70.72 06/01/2021 $45.45 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $71.74 12/01/2021 $46.46 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $72.75 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" TUNNEL WORK-FREE AIR(HAZ.WASTE) 06/01/2020 $45.45 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $71.74 LABORERS(FREE AIR TUNNEL) 12/01/2020 $46.43 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $72.72 06/01/2021 $47.45 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $73.74 12/01/2021 $48.46 $8.60 $17.69 $0.00 $74.75 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" VAC-HAUL 08/01/2020 $36.54 $12.91 $13.72 $0.00 $63.17 TEAMSTERS JOINT COUNCIL NO.10 ZONE 12/01/2020 $36.54 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $64.27 06/01/2021 $37.34 $12.91 $14.82 $0.00 $65.07 08/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $14.82 $0.00 $65.57 12/01/2021 $37.34 $13.41 $16.01 $0.00 $66.76 WAGON DRILL OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $39.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $65.09 LABORERS-ZONEI 12/01/2020 $40.38 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $66.07 06/01/2021 $41.40 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $67.09 12/01/2021 $42.41 $8.60 $17.09 $0.00 $68.10 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LABORER" WASTE WATER PUMP OPERATOR 06/01/2020 $49.33 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $78.03 OPERATING ENGINEERS LOCAL 4 12/01/2020 $50.48 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $79.18 06/01/2021 $51.58 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $80.28 12/01/2021 $52.73 $13.00 $15.70 $0.00 $81.43 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-OPERATING ENGINEERS" WATER METER INSTALLER 09/01/2020 $58.69 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $89.52 PLUMBERS&GASFITTERS LOCAL 12 03/01/2021 $60.19 $13.57 $17.26 $0.00 $91.02 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-PLUMBER/PIPEFITTER"or"PLUMBER/GASFITTER" Outside Electrical-East CABLE TECHNICIAN(Power Zone) 08/30/2020 $29.67 $9.25 $1.89 $0.00 $40.81 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 34 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment CABLEMAN(Underground Ducts&Cables) 08/30/2020 $42.03 $9.25 $10.27 $0.00 $61.55 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN" DRIVER/GROUNDMAN CDL 08/30/2020 $34.62 $9.25 $10.07 $0.00 $53.94 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' DRIVER/GROUNDMAN-Inexperienced(<2000 Hrs) 08/30/2020 $27.20 $9.25 $1.82 $0.00 $38.27 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(Class A CDL) 08/30/2020 $42.03 $9.25 $14.35 $0.00 $65.63 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' EQUIPMENT OPERATOR(Class B CDL) 08/30/2020 $37.09 $9.25 $10.87 $0.00 $57.21 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' GROUNDMAN 08/30/2020 $22.25 $9.25 $1.67 $0.00 $33.17 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' GROUNDMAN-Inexperienced(<2000 Hrs.) 08/30/2020 $27.20 $9.25 $1.82 $0.00 $38.27 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 For apprentice rates see"Apprentice-LINEMAN' JOURNEYMAN LINEMAN 08/30/2020 $49.45 $9.25 $17.48 $0.00 $76.18 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 Apprentice- LINEMAN(Outside Electrical)-East Local 104 Effective Date- 08/30/2020 Supplemental Step percent Apprentice Base Wage Health Pension Unemployment Total Rate 1 60 $29.67 $9.25 $3.39 $0.00 $42.31 2 65 $32.14 $9.25 $3.46 $0.00 $44.85 3 70 $34.62 $9.25 $3.54 $0.00 $47.41 4 75 $37.09 $9.25 $5.11 $0.00 $51.45 5 80 $39.56 $9.25 $5.19 $0.00 $54.00 6 85 $42.03 $9.25 $5.26 $0.00 $56.54 7 90 $44.51 $9.25 $7.34 $0.00 $61.10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Notes: I - - - - - - - - - J Apprentice to Journeyworker Ratio:1:2 TELEDATA CABLE SPLICER 02/04/2019 $30.73 $4.70 $3.17 $0.00 $38.60 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 TELEDATA LINEMAN/EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 02/04/2019 $28.93 $4.70 $3.14 $0.00 $36.77 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 TELEDATA WIREMAN/INSTALLER/TECHNICIAN 02/04/2019 $28.93 $4.70 $3.14 $0.00 $36.77 OUTSIDE ELECTRICAL WORKERS-EAST LOCAL 104 Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 35 of 36 Classification Effective Date Base Wage Health Pension Supplemental Total Rate Unemployment Additional Apprentice Information: Minimum wage rates for apprentices employed on public works projects are listed above as a percentage of the pre-determined hourly wage rate established by the Commissioner under the provisions of the M.G.L.c.149,ss.26-27D. Apprentice ratios are established by the Division of Apprenticeship Training pursuant to M.G.L. c.23,ss.11E-11L. All apprentices must be registered with the Division of Apprenticeship Training in accordance with M.G.L.c.23,ss.IIE-I IL. All steps are six months(1000 hours.) Ratios are expressed in allowable number of apprentices to journeymen or fraction thereof,unless otherwise specified. ** Multiple ratios are listed in the comment field. *** APP to JM;1:1,2:2,2:3,3:4,4:4,4:5,4:6,5:7,6:7,6:8,6:9,7:10,8:10,8:11,8:12,9:13,10:13,10:14,etc. **** APP to JM;1:1,1:2,2:3,2:4,3:5,4:6,4:7,5:8,6:9,6:10,7:11,8:12,8:13,9:14,10:15,10:16,etc. Issue Date: 10/23/2020 Wage Request Number: 20201023-038 Page 36 of 36 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused by Owner. B. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. D. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution"for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. E. Dismantle:To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property, for environmental protection, for dust control and, for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 2. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work,with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 3. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 4. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 5. Use of elevator and stairs. 6. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Gienapp Architects 02 4119 - Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA C. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. 7. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove the following items: a. Furniture, which will be actively relocated as the work progresses. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. E. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 8. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in Project Record Documents. C. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations. 3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain,and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 9. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. B. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist. 3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Gienapp Architects 02 4119 - Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 10. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 11. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb,square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 12. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 13. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 72 hours after flame-cutting operations. 14. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 15. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 16. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 17. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. C. Removed and Salvaged Items: 18. Clean salvaged items. 19. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 20. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 21. Transport items to Owner's storage area off-site designated by Owner. 22. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 23. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 24. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 25. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 26. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS A. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts. B. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings." Do not use methods requiring solvent-based adhesive strippers. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 27. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 28. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Gienapp Architects 02 4119 - Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 29. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION SELECTIVE DEMOLITION Gienapp Architects 02 4119 - Page 4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 03 3000 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes the furnishing and installation of the following items and materials: 1. Cast-in-place concrete, including reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes. 2. Pour-in-place concrete bollards. B. The work of this Section consists of furnishing, installation, all required equipment, all labor and all materials to perform the Cast-in-Place Concrete work, both above and below grade, and all related items and materials required for all building and site work as indicated on the Contract Documents, as specified herein and as required to complete this Project and work of this Section, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. All labor, equipment and materials to complete all cast-in-place concrete work, including but not limited to: all concrete materials, concrete finishing, reinforcing steel (including welded wire fabric reinforcement if required), keyways, bulkheads, zip strips, construction joints, contraction joints, dowel inserts, dowel bar splicers, vapor retarders, bonding compounds, formwork, admixtures, surface treatments, curing compounds, hardeners and sealers, in- serts, pre-molded fillers, grouts and rigid perimeter wall and under-slab rigid insulation board. 2. All reinforcing steel bars, including epoxy-coated bars where noted and/or required, at all concrete walls, footings, floor slabs and all other locations in the sizes, spacing and loca- tions as indicated on the Contract Drawings and as specified under this Section. 3. All support bars, side form spacers, spreader bars, chairs, high chairs, slab bolsters, bol- sters with integral sand plates, standees concrete bricks, tie wire and all other accessories required to secure the reinforcing and welded wire fabric in the required. 4. All splice plates, mechanical couplers, splice bars and other necessary materials required for field splicing of reinforcing. 5. Setting of all anchor rods and dry pack grout under column and post steel base plates and/or leveling plates furnished by others. All templates, temporary supports and other ac- cessories required to secure anchor bolts, anchor rods, sleeves and all other embedded items accurately in the required position in the concrete until the concrete has cured. 6. All epoxy grout and non-shrink, non-metallic cementicious grout for setting dowels, beams, bearing plates, and all other items supported directly by the concrete work. 7. All materials and labor and items required for hot and cold concreting operations. 8. Concrete and epoxy reinforcing steel and epoxy coated welded wire fabric reinforcing for the concrete slabs, pad, walkways, and sidewalks at the exterior of the building. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 1 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 9. All labor, materials and equipment required for curing of concrete slabs, Basement level footings, housekeeping pads and infill slabs in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 10. Coordinate with all other trades for the locations of keys, duct openings, pipe sleeves, chases, electrical boxes, conduit, bolts, anchors, inserts, fasteners, and all other devices and items, as required by other trades that must be embedded in concrete. 11. Special joint filler and sealant in joints between edges of existing concrete floor slab and perimeter(i.e. all four sides) new footings, equipment housekeeping pads and infill slabs, contraction joints, construction joints between new sections of slabs and between new and existing portions of existing concrete slabs. Furnishing and placing concrete for site utili- ties. 12. All rigid board foundation perimeter insulation and under-slab insulation at locations, thick- nesses as designated on the Architectural and/or structural drawings and as specified here- in. 13. All concrete housekeeping and HVAC system equipment pads, inertia blocks, and founda- tions for mechanical, electrical, plumbing and fire protection equipment and components. 14. All concrete for steel pipe bollards (both concrete fill inside bollard pipes and concrete foot- ings). 15. All concrete for fence and light pole pole/post foundations. 16. All concrete for exterior site work as shown, depicted, noted, designated and specified on the Architectural Drawings and the Site—Civil Drawings on the Project. 17. Concrete foundation piers, wall, grade beams footings and associated reinforcing steel for all site concrete work and all other concrete items shown on the Site—Civil Drawings and the Architectural Drawings. 18. Unless specifically excluded, furnishing and installation of any and all other items of cast-in- place concrete work indicated on the Architectural, Site—Civil, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and Structural drawings, specified, reasonably implied or obviously needed to make the Work of this Section complete. C. Section includes the furnishing only of the following items and materials: Installation only of anchor bolts, anchor rods, inserts, bearing plates, leveling plates, sleeves and other similar items, supplied by others, that are required and detailed to be embedded in the concrete work. D. All materials shall be verified by the General Contractor to be proper for each intended use, and the entire work of this Section shall be done in such a manner that each installation will perform its intended purpose, as applicable, in the finished work. E. All work and all notes related to CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE and REINFORCING STEEL in the "STRUCTURAL DRAWING GENERAL NOTES" on the Structural Drawings, in their entirety, are hereby made part of this Specification Section. In cases of conflict between the contents of this Specification Section and the two aforementioned sections of the "STRUCTURAL DRAWING GENERAL NOTES" on the Structural Drawings the more stringent criteria, higher quality, higher capacity, larger bar size, higher strength, closer spacing, etc. shall be furnished and installed. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product submit samples, complete manufacturer's technical data of all materials, components and systems proposed for use in the concrete work for this project to the Structural Engineer for approval. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Methods of Construction: Prior to commencement of work submit to the Architect and Structural Engineer a description of the proposed methods, sequence of construction, and type(s) of equipment proposed for use in completing the work of this Section. Submit typical layouts of shoring and re-shoring, including the spacing of the supports. Provide specific construction loads to be imposed on the permanent structure. NOTE: The Architect and Structural Engineer's review of the above shop drawing submittal is on- ly for the effects of construction methods on the permanent structure. This submission shall not relieve the General Contractor of his responsibility for providing, at his expense, the structural design for the methods and equipment, and the necessary methods, equipment, workmanship and safety precautions. The General Contractor has sole re- sponsibility for all construction means, methods, techniques and sequencing and all Pro- ject Site safety. C. Concrete Mix Designs: Submit mix designs for each class and type of concrete required. Each submittal shall indicate the constituent proportions, all admixtures, water—cement ratios and maximum slump. Attach "Laboratory Trial Batch" or "Field Test Results" test data results, certified by an accredited concrete testing laboratory, for each concrete mix design in accordance with ACI-30, Section 4. D. Mill Test Certifications: Prior to delivery of the reinforcing steel or placement of any concrete at the job site, submit certified copies of the "Mill Test Reports" of reinforcing steel and cement material (including names and locations of mills and shops) to the Architect and Structural Engineer. All mill reports shall define the chemical and physical properties for all reinforcing steel and cement to be used on this project. E. Concrete Curing and Protection: Submit to the Architect and Structural Engineer, in writing, detailed methods and procedures proposed for curing and protecting concrete in normal, cold, and hot temperature conditions. F. Submittals and Samples: The Contractor shall submit samples and/or descriptive manufacturer's printed literature and spec-data sheets of all materials, products and methods as noted herein, and as otherwise requested by the Architect or Structural Engineer, and shall include, but not limited to the following: concrete constituents, including all admixtures; form ties (including cones and water-seal washers) and spreaders; form release agents; fiber reinforcement; pre-molded joint filler joint strips; dovetail anchors and dovetail anchor slots (to be embedded into face of concrete to tie masonry veneer to foundation walls); vapor retarder system; rigid insulation board material; non-shrink, non-metallic high-strength grout; threaded inserts; wedge inserts; slotted inserts; bulkheads or contraction joint breakaways; steel reinforcement and accessories; water-stops; curing compounds; bonding agents; and all other items as reasonably inferred to furnished to complete the work of this Section. G. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Detailed steel reinforcement Shop Drawings for all shop- fabricated and furnished reinforcing items, including erection drawings and schedules, described herein shall be submitted to the Architect and Structural Engineer for approval. 1. Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawings: Shall be prepared in accordance with ACI SP-66 Detailing Manual and shall show the following: a. Drawings of all concrete foundation walls, piers, footings, concrete grade beams, beams and all other reinforced concrete members, components and items clearly indicating the layout, spacing, lengths, material, grade and configuration of all reinforcing steel bars, all bar support components; concrete encasement and minimum cover dimensions; all reinforcement sizes; epoxy coated bars (where required), bending diagrams; assembly drawings, details and sections; locations Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 3 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA and lengths of all splices and laps; locations of all mechanical bar splicers; all temperature and shrinkage reinforcement; all stirrup and tie sizes, spacing, bends, hooked ends and configurations; all proposed construction and contraction joint locations and related reinforcement and dowels; details of all reinforcement and accessories. For walls provide elevation drawings with elevations of each portion of wall. On each wall elevation indicate the size and location of all openings (i.e. box-outs and sleeves) required in the concrete construction shall also be indicated on these Shop Drawings and the reinforcing bars configured to accommodate these openings shall be shown and detailed. The size and location of all openings (i.e. box-outs and sleeves) required in the concrete construction shall be reviewed, coordinated and verified by the General Contractor prior to submission of these Shop Drawings. b. Plans and detail sections of all floor infill slabs, housekeeping pads and footings, clearly indicating the layout, spacing, lengths, material, grade and configuration of all reinforcing steel bars, all bar support components, including standees; epoxy coated bar(where required) concrete encasement and minimum cover dimensions; all reinforcement sizes; bending diagrams; assembly drawings, details and sections; locations and lengths of all splices and laps; locations of all mechanical bar splicers; all temperature and shrinkage reinforcement; all stirrup and tie sizes, spacing, bends, hooked ends and configurations; all proposed construction and contraction joint locations and related reinforcement and dowels; details of all reinforcement and accessories. C. All reinforcing steel dowel locations, sizes, types, materials, grades and configurations shall be clearly indicated on the Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawings. d. The Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawing shall also include all bar sizes, bend geometry, properties and information on all Welded Wire Fabric (W.W.F.) reinforcing required. e. Enlarged sections and details of all concrete piers and columns f. Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawings shall have sufficient plans, sections and details drawing, at a sufficient scale, such that the steel reinforcing bars may be placed by the Contractor in the field without more than casual reference to the Contract Drawings. Use of the Structural Drawing plans, sections and details as part of the Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawings will not be accepted and will be rejected. 2. Steel Reinforcing Bar Shop Drawings shall include elevations of all concrete foundation walls, piers, beams and concrete foundation grade beams. Where other trades, mechan- ical, electrical, plumbing, fire protection and architectural are related to the configuration of the concrete, refer to their approved requirements and incorporate the information on these Shop Drawings. Show locations and sizes of all openings and sleeves to be cast into the concrete foundation walls, concrete walls or built into concrete masonry unit walls. 3. Indicate locations of all proposed construction joints and contraction joints. Indicate all required support bars, spreader bars, chairs, bolsters, side form spacers, standees, tie wire, and accessories necessary to secure the reinforcing and welded wire fabric accu- rately in position. 4. Indicate all splice plates, splice bars, threaded mechanical couplers, dowel insert bars as shown and as required for field splicing of reinforcement. 5. The General Contractor shall check and coordinate all steel reinforcing bar shop draw- ings and shall indicate, in colored pencil, his corrections and accurate locations (dimen- sioned) of all holes, pipe sleeves, openings, etc., modifications for the other trades, and Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000-4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA necessary field dimensions before forwarding them to the Architect and Structural Engi- neer for review and approval. Un-checked shop drawings will not be reviewed and will be returned to the General Contractor for correction and subsequent proper resubmission. 6. The Architect's and Structural Engineer's review of the Shop Drawings of this Section is only a review for conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor is solely responsible for: confirming and corre- lating all quantities and dimensions; selecting the fabrication processes and techniques of constructions; coordinating this work with that of all other trades; locating and positioning of all required sleeves and openings, performing the work in a safe and satisfactory man- ner in compliance with all Local, State and Federal regulations and codes. H. No fabrication of materials or performance of work of this Section shall take place until the corresponding item on the Shop Drawings has been reviewed and approved by the Architect and Structural Engineer. I. No fabrication of materials or performance of work of this Section shall take place until the corresponding item on the Shop Drawings has been reviewed by the Architect and Structural Engineer. J. Errors in dimensions shown on Shop Drawings shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. K. The Contractor shall check and coordinate all cast-in-place concrete work with the work of all other trades before submitting Shop Drawings. L. Corrective Work: Submit to the Architect and Structural Engineer all required drawings and details of any and all proposed corrective work prior to performing this corrective work. M. Affidavits: When requested by the Architect and/or the Structural Engineer, submit manufacturers and/or supplier's and/or installer's affidavit stating that the material or product provided complies with the Contract Documents. N. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ready-Mix-Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready- mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. B. Independent Material Testing and Inspection Agency Qualifications: An independent material testing and inspection agency, acceptable to the Structural Engineer and all other parties having jurisdiction, and paid for by the Owner, shall be qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-01 or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI-Certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician—Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-Certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician— Grade II. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 5 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA C. The Owner will employ an independent concrete inspection and testing agency/firm. The General Contractor and this Contractor shall make provisions for four cylinder tests from each strength class for each 30 cubic yards (or more often as required by Structural Engineer) of concrete placed or for any one day's operation. Procedures shall conform to ASTM C31 for making and curing specimens and ASTM C39 for testing specimens. All concrete on this project will be inspected and tested by this agency. D. All concrete inspectors and technicians shall be certified and licensed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the American Concrete Institute (ACI) requirements. E. The General Contractor and this Contractor shall cooperate with the testing agency and provide access to the work. The General Contractor shall notify the testing and inspection agency at least 48 hours prior to the expected times for all concrete placement operations requiring the testing or inspection. F. Additional sampling, testing and inspections may be required, at the direction of the Structural Engineer and/or the Architect, if it appears that the work or materials do not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. All costs associated with, and resulting from, this additional material sampling, testing and inspections shall be at the cost of the General Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner, when non-conforming materials or work is verified and confirmed through sampling, testing or inspections. G. Testing, sampling and inspection in the shop or field will not relieve the General Contractor and this Contractor of their responsibility to furnish satisfactory workmanship and materials. The Project Structural Engineer and/or the Architect reserves the right to reject any workmanship and materials at any time before the final acceptance of the Project, when, in the opinion of the Structural Engineer and/or the Architect, the workmanship and/or materials do not conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents. H. American Concrete Institute (ACI) Publications: All work of this Section shall comply with the following ACI Publications unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." I. Ready-Mix Concrete Manufacturer/Supplier Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for produc- tion facilities and equipment. Pre-Installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project Site to comply with requirements in Division 01. 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. General Contractor's Superintendent. b. Independent testing agency personnel responsible for concrete testing and inspection. C. Concrete Subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, construction contraction and isolation joints, and joint-filler strips, semi-rigid joint fillers, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and re-shoring procedures, vapor-retarder installation, anchor rod and anchorage device installation Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA tolerances, steel reinforcement installation, floor and slab flatness and levelness measurement, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.5 STAGING A. Staging up to 8 feet above the floor shall be provided by this section. B. Staging higher than 8 feet above the floor shall be provided by the General Contractor. 1.6 REFERENCES AND APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS A. Abbreviations used in these specifications refer to the following agencies: 1. ASTM—The American Society for Testing Materials. 2. ACI —American Concrete Institute. 3. CRSI —Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute. B. Except as modified by the requirements of other governing codes and by this Specification, con- form to the provisions and recommendations of the latest editions following publications, codes and standards: 1. "The Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, Ninth Edition", as amended 2. "ACI Detailing Manual" 3. "Cement and Concrete Terminology" (ACI 116R) 4. "Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials" (ACI 117) 5. "Standard Practice for Selecting and Proportions for Normal and Heavyweight and Mass Concrete" (ACI-211.1) 6. "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete" (ACI-212) 7. "Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Compression Test Results of Field Concrete" (ACI-214) 8. "Guide for Use of Normal Weight Aggregates in Concrete" (ACI-221 R) 9. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (ACI-301) 10. "Guide of Concrete Floor and Slab Construction" (ACI-301.1 R) 11. "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods" (ACI-304) 12. "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing and Placing Concrete" (ACI-304) 13. "Hot Weather Concreting" (ACI-305) 14. "Cold Weather Concreting" (ACI-306) 15. "Standard Practice for Curing Concrete" (ACI-308) 16. "Guide for Consolidation of Concrete" (ACI-309) 17. "Recommended Practice for Concrete Inspection" (ACI-311) 18. "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement" (ACI-315) 19. "Manual of Engineering and Placing Drawings for Reinforced Concrete Structures" (ACI- 315) Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 7 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 20. "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary (ACI-318 and ACI 318R) 21. "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork" (ACI-347 Standard) 22. "Recommended Practice for Consolidation of Concrete" (ACI-309) 23. "CRSI - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars" 24. "CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice" 25. "Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs" (ASTM E-1745) C. Where referred to, standard specifications of technical societies, manufacturer's associations and federal agencies shall include all amendments current as of the date of issue of these specifica- tions. D. The Contractor shall have available on the site the latest editions of the following regulations, standards, etc: 1. "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" (ACI-301) 2. "Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting" (ACI-305) 3. "Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting" (ACI-306) 4. "CRSI-Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars" E. The listed standards and reference specification shall be made available on site by the General Contractor or Subcontractor so designated by him, for reference by any person during construc- tion. F. The Work of this Section shall be performed by experienced personnel under the direct supervi- sion of at least one person who shall be thoroughly familiar with the standards and requirements of this type of work, in general, and this Project in particular. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE, GENERAL A. Comply with the following sections of ACI 301 (ACI 301 M) unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. "General Requirements." 2. "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports." 3. "Concrete Mixtures." 4. "Handling, Placing, and Constructing." 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed. B. Deformed-Steel Welded-Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 1064/A 1064M, flat sheet. C. Epoxy—Coated Steel Reinforcement Bars for Exterior Concrete Piers and Pads: Epoxy-coated reinforcing steel bar material shall be used for all exterior portions of the concrete above the Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA elevation of the footings in all foundation walls, foundation piers, grade beams, equipment pads and housekeeping pads. All epoxy-coated reinforcing bars and dowels shall be newly rolled billet steel conforming to ASTM A775, Grade 60, deformed. All epoxy-coated bars shall be bent cold and all damaged areas of the epoxy coating, which occurs during fabrication and handling prior to shipment to the job-site, must be properly repaired (touched-up) with approved epoxy patching material prior to shipment to the site. Epoxy-coated reinforcing bars and dowels shall be furnished in the sizes indicated on the Contract Documents. All damaged areas of the epoxy coating shall be cleaned, prepared and coated with an Architect approved epoxy coating repair coating product. 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. B. Cementitious Materials: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F. 3. Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120. C. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M. D. High-Strength, Non-Shrink, Non-Metallic Grout: Shall be ready-to-use, pre-mixed, high- strength, non-shrink, non-metallic grout conforming to ASTM C 827 and ASTM C 1107 with a minimum compression strength of 5.000 pounds per square inch (psi) as approved by the Architect and Structural Engineer. E. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. F. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 3, burlap cloth or cotton mats. B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. C. Water: Potable. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000- 9 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all Ready- Mix Concrete designs for all concrete mix designs, consistency, water-cement ratio, and handling of all ready-mix concrete for each type and strength of concrete required on this Project. All Ready-Mix Concrete and all other concrete mix designs shall be in accordance with ACI-301, ACI 304 and Chapter 19 of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Ninth Edition with Amendments. B. Prepare mix designs prior to the beginning of the work of this Section, in conformance with ACI-301 for each type of concrete to be used on the project. Submit the required mix designs with test records (i.e. standard compression test specimens ASTM C192 and AST C39 at 28 days), prepared by an independent, certified concrete testing agency, for each proposed concrete mix design to the to the Architect and Structural Engineer for review prior to construction. C. All exterior concrete exposed to weather and freeze—thaw cycles shall have between five (5) and six (6) percent entrained air content accordance with ACI-301, and Chapter 19 of the Massachusetts State Building Code, Ninth Edition. Entrained air content shall be determined by volume in accordance with ASTM C 231. D. Normal-Weight Concrete: Unless otherwise noted on the Contract Drawings or specified in this Section, all Ready-Mix concrete supplied for this Project shall be normal-weight concrete (NWC) with unit weight not to exceed 145 pounds per cubic foot with the following concrete mix design criteria: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3,000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days for all foundation system spread footings and strip footings — this mix design to have a maximum Water--Cement (W/C) Ratio = 0.50. 2. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days for all foundation system walls, piers and grade beams, spread footings, strip footings and interior equipment and housekeeping pads—this mix design to have a maximum Water--Cement (W/C) Ratio = 0.45. 3. Minimum Compressive Strength: 5,000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days for all exterior equipment and housekeeping pads—this mix design to have a maximum Water—Cement (W/C) Ratio = 0.40. 4. Cementitious Materials: Use fly ash, pozzolan, slag cement, and silica fume as needed to reduce the total amount of portland cement, which would otherwise be used, by not less than 40 percent. 5. Slump Limit: 3 inches (125 mm) plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm) at the point of placement. 6. Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). Do not allow air content of trowel-finished floor slabs to exceed 3 percent. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 10 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. 2.8 CONCRETE BOLLARDS 1. Basis of Design: Bollard CemeTube pour-in-place bollards with the following characteristics: 2. Material: Safety yellow color above grade and standard black color below grade, heavy duty seamless HDPE plastic, impervious to moisture. 3. Appearance: Maintenance free, Uniform smooth appearance. 4. Length: 4 feet(1219 mm) below grade. (4ft above) 5. Diameter: 8 inches (203 mm). 6. Dome Cap: Included with hardware to match size of forming tube. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT INSTALLATION A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Comply with ACI 301 (ACI 301 M)for placing concrete. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). C. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). 3.4 FINISHING UNFORMED SURFACES A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 11 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Screed surfaces with a straightedge and strike off. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on surface. 1. Do not further disturb surfaces before starting finishing operations. C. Trowel Finish: Apply a hard trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film-finish coating system. 3.5 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 (ACI 301 M) for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface. D. Curing Methods: Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. C. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover material and waterproof tape. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: The Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. B. Tests: Perform according to ACI 301 (ACI 301 M). 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 20 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mixture placed each day. END OF SECTION 03 3000 Gienapp Architects CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 3000 - 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Structural steel. B. Related Requirements: 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of the structural frame indicated on the Structural Drawings and as described in ANSI/AISC 303. B. Heavy Sections: Rolled and built-up sections as follows: 1. Shapes included in ASTM A6/A6M with flanges thicker than 1-1/2 inches. 2. Welded built-up members with plates thicker than 2 inches. 3. Column base plates thicker than 2 inches. C. Demand-Critical Welds: Those welds, the failure of which would result in significant degradation of the strength and stiffness of the seismic-load-resisting system and which are indicated as "demand critical" or"seismic critical" on Drawings. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions for installation. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at [Project site] <Insert location>. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Structural-steel materials. 2. High-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 3. Anchor rods. 4. Threaded rods. 5. Galvanized-steel primer. 6. Etching cleaner. 7. Galvanized repair paint. 8. Shrinkage-resistant grout. B. Sustainable Design Submittals: 1. Prepare and submit full and complete structural steel shop drawings (erection plans and fabrication "piece" drawings of each member and component of the structural steel framing system including, but not limited to, all steel beams, girders, columns, STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 1 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA connections, anchor rods, base plates, structural bolts and all other components to provide a complete structural steel framing system C. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural-steel components. 1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. 2. Include embedment Drawings. 3. Complete structural steel erection drawings 4. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. 5. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections. All structural bolts, nuts and washers (both field installed bolts and shop installed bolts) used of the exterior structural steel framing system. 6. All structural steel framing members, components, fasteners, bolts, nuts, washers shall have hot-dipped galvanized finish after all shop fabrication has been completed. D. Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) and Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs): Provide in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M for each welded joint, including the following: 1. Power source (constant current or constant voltage). 2. Electrode manufacturer and trade name, for demand-critical welds. E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For structural-steel connections indicated on Drawings to comply with design loads, include analysis data[signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation]. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For [Installer] [fabricator] [shop-painting applicators] [professional engineer] [testing agency]. B. AWS Welding certificates for each welder (including all shop welders and all field welders for each type of weld required and C. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats. D. Coordinate first paragraph below with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." E. Mill test reports for structural-steel materials, including chemical and physical properties. F. Product Test Reports: For the following: 1. Bolts, nuts, and washers, including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 2. Direct-tension indicators. 3. Tension-control, high-strength, bolt-nut-washer assemblies. 4. Shear stud connectors. 5. Structural steel grating and related grating fasteners and connectors with hot-dipped galvanized finish. G. Survey of existing conditions. H. Source quality-control reports. I. Field quality-control reports. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category BU or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (Acceptance Criteria 172). B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, [Category ACSE] [Category CSE]. C. Shop-Painting Applicators: Qualified in accordance with SSPC-QP 3. D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 2 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. Welders and welding operators performing work on bottom-flange, demand-critical welds shall pass the supplemental welder qualification testing, as required by AWS D1.8/D1.8M. FCAW-S and FCAW-G shall be considered separate processes for welding personnel qualification. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration. 1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. B. Store fasteners in a protected place in sealed containers with manufacturer's labels intact. 1. Fasteners may be repackaged provided Owner's testing and inspecting agency observes repackaging and seals containers. 2. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 3. Comply with manufacturers' written recommendations for cleaning and lubricating ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852 bolt assemblies and for retesting bolt assemblies after lubrication. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. ANSI/AISC 303. 2. ANSI/AISC 341. 3. ANSI/AISC 360. 4. RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." B. Connection Design Information: 1. Fabricator's experienced steel detailer shall select or complete connection design and detailing that are not indicated or detailed on the structural drawings in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303. a. Select and complete connections per ANSI/AISC 360. b. Use Allowable Stress Design or Load Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) methods. C. Moment Connections: To be Type FIR, fully restrained. 2.2 STRUCTURAL-STEEL MATERIALS A. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M Grade 50. B. Channels, Angles, WT-Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M. C. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M. D. Cold-Formed Hollow Structural Sections (Designated as HSS on the structural drawings): ASTM A500/A500M - Grade B. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M—Type E. 1. Weight Class: Standard, Extra Strong or Double-Extra Strong as designated on the structural drawings. 2. Finish: Hot-Dipped Galvanized. F. Steel Castings: ASTM A216/A216M, Grade WCB, with supplementary requirement S11. G. Steel Forgings: ASTM A668/A668M. H. Welding Electrodes: Comply with E70 AWS requirements. 2.3 BOLTS AND CONNECTORS A. High-Strength A325 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: All bolts, nuts and washers used on interior structural framing not exposed to weather shall be ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 1, STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 3 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers; all with hot-dipped galvanized finish. B. All bolts, nuts and washers used in steel framing exposed to the weather in the completed structural steel framing shall be Zinc-Coated High-Strength A325 Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A325, Type 1, heavy-hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating or mechanically deposited zinc coating]. 2. Direct-Tension Indicators: ASTM F959/F959M, Type 325-1, compressible-washer type with mechanically deposited zinc coating finish. C. Tension-Control, High-Strength Bolt-Nut-Washer Assemblies: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852, Type 1, round head assemblies, consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy-hex carbon-steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon-steel washers. 1. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating 2.4 RODS A. Unheaded Threaded Anchor Rods & Through Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 55 weldable. All Anchor Rods, Nuts, Washers & Plate Washers to have hot-dipped galvanized coating. 1. Configuration: Straight or Hooked as detailed on the structural drawings. 2. Nuts: ASTM A563 hex carbon steel —provide double nuts in designated locations. 3. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel in sizes indicated on the structural drawings. 4. Washers: ASTM F436, Type 1, hardened carbon steel washers. 5. Finish: Hot-dip zinc coating, ASTM Al53/A153M, Class C. 2.5 FORGED-STEEL STRUCTURAL HARDWARE A. Not required on this Project 2.6 SLIDE BEARINGS: Not required on this Project. 2.7 PRIMER A. Steel Primer: B. Galvanized-Steel Primer: [MPI#26] [MPI#80,] [MPI#134]. 1. Etching Cleaner: MPI#25, for galvanized steel. 2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: [MPI#18, M13I#19, or SSPC-Paint 20] [ASTM A780/A780M]. 2.8 SHRINKAGE-RESISTANT GROUT A. Non-metallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTM C1107/C1107M, factory-packaged, non-shrink, non-metallic aggregate grout, non-corrosive and non-staining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. Grout shall achieve a minimum of 5,000 compressive strength. 2.9 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and to ANSI/AISC 360. 1. Camber structural-steel members where indicated. 2. Fabricate beams with rolling camber up. 3. Identify high-strength structural steel in accordance with ASTM A6/A6M and maintain markings until structural-steel framing has been erected. 4. Mark and match-mark materials for field assembly. 5. Complete structural-steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting hot-dip galvanized coating operations. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 4 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1/D1.1M. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare all steel surfaces that are to receive a hot-dipped galvanized finish in strict and full requirements of the hot-di galvanizing facility. F. Holes: Provide all holes required for securing other work to the structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members. 1. Shop cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning in the shop or in the field. 2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. 2.10 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts"for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: Slip critical connections where indicated on the structural drawings. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI AISC 303 for mill material. 2.11 GALVANIZING A. Hot-Dip Galvanized Finish: All structural steel framing members, components, shapes, etc. shall have Zinc coating by the hot-dip process to structural steel in accordance with ASTM Al23/A123M. 1. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work unless they function as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. 2. Galvanize lintels, shelf angles and welded door frames attached to structural-steel frame and located in exterior walls. 2.12 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches. 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces of high-strength bolted, slip-critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials (applied fireproofing). 5. Galvanized surfaces [unless indicated to be painted]. 6. Corrosion-resisting (weathering) steel surfaces. 7. Surfaces enclosed in interior construction. B. Surface Preparation of Steel: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces in accordance with the following specifications and standards: 1. SSPC-SP 2. 2. SSPC-SP 3. C. Surface Preparation of Galvanized Steel: Prepare galvanized-steel surfaces for shop priming by thoroughly cleaning steel of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treating with etching cleaner in accordance with SSPC-SP 16. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 5 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA D. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.13 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspection agency to perform shop and filed tests and inspections. 1. Allow testing agency access to places where structural-steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. 2. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test shop-bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 3. Welded Connections: Visually inspect shop-welded connections in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 4. Prepare test and inspection reports. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify, with certified steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction and structural- steel framing until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and in accordance with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360. B. Baseplates and Leveling Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces of bond- reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Weld plate washers to top of baseplate. 3. Snug-tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 4. Promptly pack shrinkage-resistant grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates, so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for grouting.] C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within ANSI/AISC 303. D. Align and adjust various members that form part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that are in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. Slope roof framing members to slopes indicated on Drawings. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 6 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect in writing. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1 M]. G. Do not enlarge unfair holes in members by burning or using drift pins. Ream holes that must be enlarged to admit bolts. 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts"for bolt and joint type specified. 1. Joint Type: Snug tightened connections except where Slip critical connections are indicated on the structural drawings. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M and AWS D1.8/D1.8M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with ANSI/AISC 303 and ANSI/AISC 360 for bearing, alignment, adequacy of temporary connections, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances in ANSI/AISC 303 for mill material. 3.5 REPAIR A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean areas where galvanizing is damaged or missing, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. B. Touchup Painting: 1. Immediately after erection, clean exposed areas where primer is damaged or missing, and paint with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. a. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning. 2. Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting. C. Touchup Priming: Cleaning and touchup priming are specified in Section 09 9600 "High- Performance Coatings." 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Verify structural-steel materials and inspect steel frame joint details. 2. Verify weld materials and inspect welds. 3. Verify connection materials and inspect high-strength bolted connections. B. Testing Agency: The Owner will engage a qualified structural testing and inspection agency to perform tests and inspections. 1. Bolted Connections: Inspect and test bolted connections in accordance with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High-Strength Bolts." 2. Welded Connections: Visually inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M. a. In addition to visual inspection, test and inspect field welds in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1 M and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1) Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E165/E165M. 2) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration are not accepted. 3) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E164. 4) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E94/E94M. STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 7 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA END OF SECTION STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Gienapp Architects 05 1200 - Page 8 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 05 5213 PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel railings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 5319 "Expanded Metal Gratings"for metal platform flooring. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for railings. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's product lines of mechanically connected railings. 2. Fasteners. 3. Post-installed anchors. 4. Handrail brackets. 5. Shop primer. 6. Intermediate coats and topcoats. 7. Bituminous paint. 8. Metal finishes. 9. Paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For products involving selection of color, texture, or design , including mechanical finishes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces of railings from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with railings by field measurements before fabrication. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 1 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, to design railings, including attachment to platform construction. 2.2 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes. B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 STEEL RAILINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. VIVA Railings, LLC. 2. R&B Wagner. Inc. 3. Tuttle, a Dant Clayton Division B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of railing from single source from single manufacturer. C. Tubing: ASTM A500/A500M (cold formed) . D. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. 2.4 FASTENERS A. Fastener Materials: 1. Unga Ivan ized-Steel Railing Components: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5 for zinc coating. 2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Railing Components: Type 304 stainless steel or hot-dip zinc-coated steel fasteners complying with ASTM Al53/A153M or ASTM F2329/F2329M for zinc coating. 3. Finish exposed fasteners to match appearance, including color and texture, of railings. B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction. C. Fasteners for Interconnecting Railing Components: 1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to other work, unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or are the standard fastening method for railings indicated. 3. Provide square or hex socket flat-head machine screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. D. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193. 1. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Handrail Brackets: Cast aluminum, center of handrail 2-1/2 inches from face of railing. B. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select in accordance with AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint, complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. D. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting"." PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 2 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA E. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer. F. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. G. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and compatible with finish paint systems indicated. H. Intermediate Coats and Topcoats: Provide products that comply with Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting." I. Epoxy Intermediate Coat: Complying with MPI #77 and compatible with primer and topcoat. J. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI #72 and compatible with undercoat. K. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion, complying with ASTM D1 187/D1 187M. 2.6 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage. B. Shop assemble railings to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. 1. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. 1. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. 2. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces. E. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. 1. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 2. Locate weep holes in inconspicuous locations. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated. H. Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings. 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Finish #1 welds; ornamental quality with no evidence of a welded joint I. Welded Connections for Aluminum Pipe: Fabricate railings to interconnect members with concealed internal welds that eliminate surface grinding, using manufacturer's standard system of sleeve and socket fittings. J. Form changes in direction as follows: 1. By bending . 2. By bending to smallest radius that will not result in distortion of railing member. K. Bend members in jigs to produce uniform curvature for each configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling, twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components. L. Close exposed ends of hollow railing members with prefabricated cap and end fittings of same metal and finish as railings. M. Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch or less. N. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 3 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush- resistant fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent bracket or fitting rotation and crushing of substrate. O. Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work. 1. Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. 2. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. P. For railing posts set in concrete, provide stainless steel sleeves not less than 6 inches long with inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with metal plate forming bottom closure. Q. Toe Boards: Where indicated, provide toe boards at railings around openings and at edge of open-sided floors and platforms. Fabricate to dimensions and details indicated. 2.7 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanized Railings: 1. Hot-dip galvanize exterior steel railings, including hardware, after fabrication. 2. Comply with ASTM Al23/A123M for hot-dip galvanized railings. 3. Comply with ASTM Al53/A153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware. 4. Do not quench or apply post-galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. 5. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the finished Work, unless indicated to remain as weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing off smooth. B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fittings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other ferrous components. C. Preparing Galvanized Railings for Shop Priming: After galvanizing, thoroughly clean railings of grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter, and treat with etching cleaner. 1. Comply with SSPC-SP 16. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that locations of concealed reinforcements are clearly marked for Installer. Locate reinforcements and mark locations if not already done. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. 1. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints. 2. Install railings level, plumb, square, true to line; without distortion, warp, or rack. 3. Set railings accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels. 4. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting. 5. Set posts plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet. 6. Align rails so variations from level for horizontal members and variations from parallel with rake of steps and ramps for sloping members do not exceed 1/4 inch in 12 feet. B. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials. 1. Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will be in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. C. Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction. PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 4 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3.3 RAILING CONNECTIONS A. Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply with requirements for welded connections in "Fabrication" Article, whether welding is performed in the shop or in the field. B. Expansion Joints: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint internal sleeve, extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side; fasten internal sleeve securely to one side; and locate joint within 6 inches of post. 3.4 ANCHORING POSTS A. Cover anchorage joint with flange of same metal as post, welded to post after placing anchoring material . B. Leave anchorage joint exposed with anchoring material flush with adjacent surface. C. Anchor posts to metal surfaces with flanges, angle type, or floor type, as required by conditions, connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows: 1. For steel railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to metal supporting surfaces. 3.5 ATTACHING RAILINGS A. Anchor railing ends to concrete and masonry with railing ends and anchored to wall construction with anchors and bolts. B. Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and connected to railing ends, using nonwelded connections. 3.6 REPAIR A. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion. B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period, so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units. END OF SECTION PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 5 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5213 - Page 6 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 05 5319 EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Expanded metal gratings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 1200 "Structural Steel Framing" for structural-steel framing system components. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written instructions to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for gratings, grating frames, and supports. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For gratings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.101.1 M, "Structural Welding Code- Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code-Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.301.3M, "Structural Welding Code- Sheet Steel." 4. AWS D1.6/D1.6M, "Structural Welding Code- Stainless Steel." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. All American Gratina. 2. Central Expanded Metal, Inc. 3. Gratinq Pacific, Inc. 4. McNichols. EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5319 - Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements,"to design gratings. B. Structural Performance: Gratings shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated: 1. Floors, Platforms and Walkways: Uniform Live Load of 125 Ibf/sq. ft. or concentrated load of 2,000 IV, whichever produces the greater stress, for the maximum spans as indicated on, or required by, the structural drawings. 2.3 EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS A. Provide expanded metal gratings in material, finish, style, size, thickness, weight, and type indicated or, if not indicated, as recommended by manufacturer for indicated applications and as needed to support indicated loads. 1. Material: Steel. 2. Steel Finish: Hot-Dipped Galvanized. 2.4 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, at exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. 1. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening aluminum. 2. Provide stainless-steel fasteners for fastening stainless steel. B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, nuts, and, where indicated, flat washers; ASTM F593 for bolts and ASTM F594 for nuts, Alloy Group 1 D. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A563; and, where indicated, flat washers. 1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel Is Indicated: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F593, and nuts, ASTM F594. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat. B. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Cut, drill, and punch material cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. B. Form from materials of size, thickness, and shapes indicated, but not less than that needed to support indicated loads. C. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. D. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space the anchoring devices to secure gratings, frames, and supports rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 1. Fabricate toe plates for attaching in the field. EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5319 - Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. Toe plate Height: 4 inches unless otherwise indicated. F. Fabricate cutouts in grating sections for penetrations of sizes and at locations indicated. Cut openings neatly and accurately to size. Edge-band openings with bars having a thickness not less than overall grating thickness at contact points. G. Where gratings are pierced by pipes, ducts, and structural members, cut openings neatly and accurately to size and weld a strap collar not less than 1/8 inch thick to the cut ends. Divide panels into sections only to the extent required for installation where grating platforms and runways are to be placed around previously installed pipe, ducts, and structural members. 2.7 STEEL FINISHES A. Finish gratings, frames, and supports after assembly. B. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM Al53/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM Al23/A123M for other steel and iron products. 1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing gratings to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing gratings. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete or masonry. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. E. Attach toe plates to gratings by welding at locations indicated. F. Field Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations and the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 3.2 INSTALLING EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing gratings. B. Place units with straight edge of bond up and with long direction of diamond-shaped openings parallel to direction of span. C. Attach removable units to supporting members by bolting at 6-inch intervals. D. Attach nonremovable units to supporting members by welding unless otherwise indicated. Space welds at 6-inch intervals. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 9113 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5319 - Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA END OF SECTION 05 5319 EXPANDED METAL GRATING THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK EXPANDED METAL GRATINGS Gienapp Architects 05 5319 - Page 4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 06 1000 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Wood blocking and nailers. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Boards or Strips: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal size in least dimension. B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal size or greater but less than 5 inches nominal size in least dimension. C. Exposed Framing: Framing not concealed by other construction. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used and net amount of preservative retained. 2. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency. 3. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664. 4. For products receiving a waterborne treatment, include statement that moisture content of treated materials was reduced to levels specified before shipment to Project site. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Wood-preservative-treated wood. 2. Fire-retardant-treated wood. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire-retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack wood products flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect wood products from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. ROUGH CARPENTRY Gienapp Architects 06 1000 - Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Dress lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less; no limit for more than 2-inch nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. C. Engineered Wood Products: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and for which current model code research or evaluation reports exist that show compliance with building code in effect for Project. 1. Allowable design stresses, as published by manufacturer, shall meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED LUMBER A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC2. 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. B. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or that does not comply with requirements for untreated material. C. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. D. Application: Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, materials shall comply with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire-test- response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency. B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Products with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Treatment shall not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire- retardant-treated lumber and plywood by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated. 3. Interior Type A: Treated materials shall have a moisture content of 28 percent or less when tested according to ASTM D 3201 at 92 percent relative humidity. Use where exterior type is not indicated. 4. Design Value Adjustment Factors: Treated lumber shall be tested according to ASTM D 5664 and design value adjustment factors shall be calculated according to ASTM D 6841. C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Kiln-dry plywood after treatment to maximum moisture content of 15 percent. D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of qualified testing agency. E. Application: Treat all rough carpentry unless otherwise indicated. ROUGH CARPENTRY Gienapp Architects 06 1000 - Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Utility shelving. B. Dimension Lumber Items: Construction or No. 2 grade lumber of any of the following species: 1. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; SPIB. 2. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA. 3. Spruce-pine-fir(south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA. C. Concealed Boards: 19 percent maximum moisture content and any of the following species and grades: 1. Mixed southern pine or southern pine; No. 2 grade; SPIB. 2. Hem-fir or hem-fir (north); Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 3. Spruce-pine-fir (south) or spruce-pine-fir; Construction or No. 2 Common grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. D. For blocking not used for attachment of other construction, Utility, Stud, or No. 3 grade lumber of any species may be used provided that it is cut and selected to eliminate defects that will interfere with its attachment and purpose. E. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work. F. For furring strips for installing plywood or hardboard paneling, select boards with no knots capable of producing bent-over nails and damage to paneling. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Fasteners shall be of size and type indicated and shall comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power-Driven Fasteners: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Closed-cell neoprene foam, 1/4-inch-thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Adhesives for Gluing Furring to Concrete or Masonry: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use indicated by adhesive manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry accurately to other construction. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Install plywood backing panels by fastening to studs; coordinate locations with utilities requiring backing panels. Install fire-retardant-treated plywood backing panels with classification marking of testing agency exposed to view. C. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install fasteners through each fastener hole. D. Install sill sealer gasket to form continuous seal between sill plates and foundation walls. E. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated. F. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Provide metal clips for fastening gypsum board or lath at corners and intersections where framing or blocking does not provide a surface for fastening edges of panels. Space clips not more than 16 inches o.c. ROUGH CARPENTRY Gienapp Architects 06 1000 - Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA G. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. H. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber. 1. Use inorganic boron for items that are continuously protected from liquid water. 2. Use copper naphthenate for items not continuously protected from liquid water. I. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code (IBC). 2. ICC-ES evaluation report for fastener. J. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for screeding or attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron (SBX)from weather. If, despite protection, inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet, apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. B. Protect rough carpentry from weather. If, despite protection, rough carpentry becomes wet , apply EPA-registered borate treatment. Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION ROUGH CARPENTRY Gienapp Architects 06 1000 - Page 4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 07 8413 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through fire-resistance-rated construction, including both empty openings and openings containing penetrating items. 2. Through-penetration firestop systems for penetrations through vertical and horizontal construction separating rooms even if the existing assembly is not fire rated. B. Items To Be Installed Only: Not Applicable. C. Items To Be Furnished Only: Not Applicable. D. Related Work: The following items are not included in this Section and will be performed under the designated Sections: 1. Firestopping of all penetrations of conduits, wiring, piping, ductwork, and other items penetrating partitions shall be provided by the Trade Sections (Division 22 "Plumbing", Division 23 "HVAC", and Division 26 "Electrical"). Firestopping provided by those sections shall comply with the requirements of this Section. 2. Division 07 "Joint Sealants"for standard joint sealers. 3. Division 09 "Gypsum Board Assemblies"for gypsum assemblies. 4. Division 22 "Plumbing"for piping penetrations. 5. Division 23 "HVAC"for duct and piping penetrations. 6. Division 26 "Electrical"for cable and conduit penetrations. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For each penetration firestopping system, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Global according to FM Global 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors,"or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its"Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping system when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping system manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure penetration firestopping materials per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced-air circulation. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping systems can be installed according to specified firestopping system design. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 1 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core-drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping systems. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: 1. Perform penetration firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Penetration Firestopping Systems" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified testing agency. 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Penetration Firestopping Systems: Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. 3M Fire Protection Products. b. Hilti, Inc. C. Tremco, Inc. B. Penetrations in Fire-Resistance-Rated Walls: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: Not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated or 1 hour, whichever is higher. C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. 3. W-Rating: Provide penetration firestopping systems showing no evidence of water leakage when tested according to UL 1479. D. Penetrations in Smoke Barriers: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.30-inch wg. 1. L-Rating: Not exceeding 5.0 cfm/sq. ft. of penetration opening at and no more than 50-cfm cumulative total for any 100 sq. ft. at both ambient and elevated temperatures. E. Exposed Penetration Firestopping Systems: Flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. F. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for conditions indicated. 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials. 2. Substrate primers. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Latex Sealants: Single-component latex formulations that do not re-emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture. PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 2 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat-expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass-fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral-fiber, water-insoluble expansion agents, and fire-retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel-reinforcing wire mesh to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed. C. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone-based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. D. Silicone Sealants: Single-component, silicone-based, neutral-curing elastomeric sealants. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Before installing penetration firestopping systems, clean out openings immediately to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping materials. 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. B. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings. 1. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not forming permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories and penetrating items to achieve required fire-resistance ratings. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Wall Identification: Permanently label walls containing penetration firestopping systems with the words "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS," using lettering not less than 3 inches high and with minimum 0.375-inch strokes. 1. Locate in accessible concealed floor,floor-ceiling, or attic space at 15 feet from end of wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. B. Penetration Identification: Identify each penetration firestopping system with legible metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of penetration firestopping system edge so labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping systems. Use mechanical fasteners or self-adhering-type labels with adhesives PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 3 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that penetration firestopping systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping material and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. 3.6 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ. B. UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS CONCRETE OR UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS PART 4 -CONCRETE BLOCK WALLS FLOORS TYPE OF F- HILTI 3M BIO-FIRE TYPE OF F- HILTI 3M BIO-FIRE PENETRANT RATING PENETRA RATING HR NT CIRCULAR 1 FA 0006, CAJ CAJ 0056 CIRCULAR 1 CAJ 0055, CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 BLANK CAJ 0070 0009 BLANK CAJ 0070 OPENINGS OPENING S 2 FA 0006, CAJ CAJ 0056 2 CAJ 0055, CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 CAJ 0070 0009 CAJ 0070 3 CAJ 0055 CAJ CAJ 0056 3 CAJ 0055 CAJ 0009 CAJ 0056 0009 SINGLE 1 CAJ 1226, CAJ CAJ 1264 SINGLE 1 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 METAL PIPES CAJ 1278, 1058 METAL CAJ 1278, OR CONDUIT FA 1017 PIPES OR CONDUIT 2 CAJ 1226, CAJ CAJ 1264 I 2 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 CAJ 1278, 1058 CAJ 1278, FA 1017 3 CAJ 1226, CAJ CAJ 1264 I 3 CAJ 1226, CAJ 1058 CAJ 1264 CAJ 1278, 1058 CAJ 1278, FA 1017 4 CAJ 8095, CAJ N/A I 4 CAJ 8095, CAJ 1044 WJ 1064 CBJ 1034 1044 CBJ 1034, WJ 1042 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 4 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SINGLE NON- 1 CAJ 2109, CAJ CAJ 2131 SINGLE 1 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2189, CAJ 2131 METALLIC CAJ 2168, 2189, NON- WJ 2108, CAJ 2117, PIPE OR FA 2054, CAJ METALLIC WJ 2121 CAJ 2027 CONDUIT(I.E. FA 2067 2117, PIPE OR PVC, CPVC, CAJ CONDUIT ABS, ENT) 2027 (I.E. PVC, CPVC, ABS, ENT) 2 CAJ 2109, CAJ CAJ 2131 2 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2189, CAJ2131 CAJ 2168, 2189, WJ 2108, CAJ 2117, FA 2054, CAJ WJ 2121 CAJ 2027 FA 2067 2117 3 CAJ 2109, CAJ CAJ 2152 3 CAJ 2109, CAJ 2005, CAJ2152 CAJ 2168, 2005, CAJ 2168, CAJ 2117, FA 2054, CAJ WJ 2091 CAJ 2027 2117 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 2091 N/A* N/A SINGLE OR 1 FA 3007, CAJ CAJ 3103 SINGLE 1 CAJ 3095, CAJ 3021 WJ 3071 BUNDLED CAJ 3095, 3021 OR WJ 3060 CABLES BUNDLED WJ 3074 CABLES 2 FA 3007, CAJ CAJ 3103 2 CAJ 3095, CAJ 3021 WJ 3071 CAJ 3095, 3021 WJ 3060 WJ 3074 3 FA 3007, CAJ CAJ 3103 3 CAJ 3095, CAJ 3030 CAJ 3103 CAJ 3095, 3030 WJ 3050 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 3050 N/A* N/A CABLE TRAY 1 CAJ 4034, CAJ CAJ 4048 CABLE 1 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 CAJ 4054, 4003 TRAY CAJ 4054, CAJ 4017 WJ 4016, 2 CAJ 4034, CAJ CAJ 4048 2 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 CAJ 4054, 4003 CAJ 4054, CAJ 4017 WJ 4016, 3 CAJ 4034, CAJ CAJ 4048 3 CAJ 4034, CAJ 4003 CAJ 4048 CAJ 4017 4003 WJ 8007 4 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WJ 8007 N/A* N/A SINGLE 1 FA 5016, CAJ CAJ 5082 SINGLE 1 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5080, CAJ 5082 INSULATED FA 5017 5080, INSULATE CAJ 5091, CAJ 5024, PIPES CAJ 5090, CAJ D PIPES WJ 5042 CAJ 5017 CAJ 5091, 5024, CAJ 5017 2 FA 5016, CAJ CAJ 5082 2 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5080, CAJ 5082 FA 5017 5080, CAJ 5091, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5090, CAJ WJ 5042 CAJ 5017 CAJ 5091, 5024, CAJ 5017 3 FA5016, CAJ CAJ 5006 3 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5024, CAJ 5006 CAJ 5061, 5024, CAJ 5091, CAJ 5017 CAJ 5090, CAJ 5017 4 CBJ 5006 N/A* N/A 4 WJ 5028, N/A* N/A CBJ 5006 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 5 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA ELECTRICAL 1 CAJ 6006, CAJ CAJ 6026 ELECTRIC 1 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6001, CAJ 6026 BUSWAY CAJ 6017 6001, AL CAJ 6017 CAJ 6002 CAJ BUSWAY 6002 2 CAJ 6006, CAJ CAJ 6026 2 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6001, CAJ 6026 CAJ 6017 6001, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6002 CAJ 6002 3 CAJ 6006, CAJ N/A 3 CAJ 6006, CAJ 6001, N/A CAJ 6017 6001, CAJ 6017 CAJ 6002 CAJ 6002 NON- 1 CAJ 7046 CAJ CAJ 7036 NON- 1 CAJ 7046, CAJ 7003, CAJ 7036 INSULATED CAJ 7051 7003, INSULATE WJ 7029, CAJ 7021 MECHANICAL CAJ D WJ 7022 DUCTWORK 7021 MECHANI WITHOUT CAL DAMPERS DUCTWO RK WITHOUT DAMPERS 2 CAJ 7046 CAJ N/A 2 CAJ 7046, CAJ 7003, CAJ 7036 CAJ 7051 7003, WJ 7029, CAJ 7021 CAJ WJ 7022 7021 3 CAJ 7046 CAJ N/A 3 CAJ 7046 CAJ 7003, N/A CAJ 7051 7003, CAJ 7051 CAJ 7021 CAJ 7021 MIXED 1 CAJ 8056, CAJ CAJ 8051 MIXED 1 CAJ 8096, CAJ 8001, CAJ 8051 PENETRANTS CAJ 8095, 8001, PENETRA CAJ 8099 CAJ 8013 CAJ 8099 CAJ NTS WJ 8007 8013 2 CAJ 8056, CAJ CAJ 8051 2 CAJ 8096, CAJ 8001, CAJ 8051 CAJ 8095, 8001, CAJ 8099 CAJ 8013 CAJ 8099 CAJ WJ 8007 8013 3 CAJ 8056, CAJ CAJ 8051 3 CAJ 8099 CAJ 8001, CAJ 8051 CAJ 8095, 8001, WJ 8007 CAJ 8013 CAJ 8099 CAJ 8013 4 CAJ 8095 N/A* N/A 4 WJ 8007 N/A* N/A WOOD UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS GYPSUM UL-CLASSIFIED SYSTEMS FLOORS WALLBOARD ASSEMBLIES TYPE OF F- HILTI 3M BIO-FIRE TYPE OF F- HILTI 3M BIO-FIRE PENETRANT RATING PENETRA RATING NT METAL PIPES 1 FC 1009, FC 1002 FC 1031 METAL 1 WL 1054, WL 1146 WL 1115 OR CONDUIT FC 1059 PIPES OR WL 1164 CONDUIT 2 WL 1054, WL 1010, WL 1115 WL 1164 WL 1146 2 FC 1009, FC 1002 FC 1031 4 WL 1110 WL 1001 FC 1059 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 6 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA NOW 1 PC 2025, PC 2024 PC 2059 NON- 1 WL 2078, WL 2088, WL 2133 METALLIC PC 2126 METALLIC WL 2075, WL 2002 PIPE OR PIPE OR WL 2128 CONDUIT CONDUIT 2 WL 2078, WL 2088, WL 2133 WL 2075, WL 2002 WL 2128 2 PC 2025, PC 2024 PC 2059 PC 2126 4 WL 2184, N/A* WL 2245 SINGLE OR 1 PC 3012, PC 3017 PC 3050 SINGLE 1 WL 3065 WL 3032, WL 3153 BUNDLED PC 3044 OR WL 3030 CABLES BUNDLED CABLES 2 WL 3065 WL 3032, WL 3153 WL 3030 4 WL 3139 N/A* 2 PC 3012 PC 3017 N/A CABLE I 1 WL 4011, WL 4004 WL 4032 TRAY WL 4019 2 WL 4011, WL 4004 WL 4032 WL 4019 4 WL 8014 N/A* INSULATED 1 PC 5004, PC 5014 PC 5025 INSULATE 1 WL 5029, WL 5040, W 5062 PIPES PC 5036, D PIPES I L WL 5096 WL 5001, PC 5037 WL 5032 2 WL 5029, WL 5040, WL 5062 WL 5096 WL 5001, WL 5032 2 PC 5004 N/A* PC 5025 4 WL 5073 N/A* 4 WL 5073 NOW 1 PC 7013 PC 7001 NOW 1 WL 7040, WL 7008 WL 7037 INSULATED INSULATE WL 7042 MECHANICAL D DUCTWORK MECHANI WITHOUT CAL DAMPERS DUCTWO RK WITHOUT DAMPERS 2 WL 7040, WL 7008, WL 7037 WL 7042 WL 7013, WL 7016 4 MIXED 1 PC 8014, PC 8013 N/A MIXED 1 WL 8004, WL 8010 WL 8017 PENETRANTS PC 8026 PENETRA WL 8013 NTS 2 WL 8004, WL 8010, WL 8017 WL 8013 WL 8002 2 N/A* N/A* N/A 4 WL 8014 N/A* 4 WL 8014 *No UL-Classified system is available as of August 2003. Engineer Judgement Drawing Required PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 7 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA NOTES: 1. Jobsite conditions of each through-penetration firestop system must meet all details of the UL-Classified System selected. 3. Coordinate work with other trades to assure that penetration-opening sizes are appropriate for penetrant locations, and vice versa. 4. For 3-hour rated gypsum walls, contact the firestop manufacturer for a UL-classified system or engineer judgement draw- ing. END OF SECTION PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Gienapp Architects 07 8413 - Page 8 of 8 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Sealants, including joint bead back-up, primers, in the following joints and locations: a. Interiorjoints between door or window frames and adjacent surfaces;Sealant Tvpe 2. b. Interior joints between door or window trim or frames and adjacent surfaces; Sealant Tvpe 2. C. Interior joints between ceramic tile and dissimilar materials, between plastic laminate surfaces and dissimilar materials, and where indicated to be 'mildew resistant' or'sanitary' sealant; Sealant Tvpe 3. d. Otherjoints indicated on the drawings to receive Sealant;Tvpe 1 for Exteriorjoints and Tvpe 2 for Interior Joints. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. B. Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested. C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications:An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 2. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 3. When joint substrates are wet. 4. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 5. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 1 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 6. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 7. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 8. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 9. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 10. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 11. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Sealant Tvoe 2: Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C 834, Type OP, Grade NF. 12. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation. b. Tremco Incorporated. 2.3 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Sealant Tvoe 3: Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 13. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Pecora Corporation. 2.4 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 2 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 14. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 15. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. C. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. 16. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 17. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Porcelain enamel. d. Glazed surfaces of ceramic tile. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 3 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 18. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 19. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 20. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 21. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 22. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 23. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 24. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 25. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 26. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 27. Provide flush joint profile at according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 28. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 29. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 2 tests for each type of of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 30. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 31. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. C. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 32. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 33. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 4 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. END OF SECTION JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 5 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK JOINT SEALANTS Gienapp Architects 07 9200 - Page 6 of 6 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Wood. 2. Gypsum board. 3. CMU. 4. Any item indicated on the drawings "Paint', "by 09 9123", or"09 9123". 5. Prefinished items, such as plastic laminates, and items indicated to receive a transparent or stain finish are not included. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List' for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. 2. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. INTERIOR PAINTING Gienapp Architects 09 9123 - Page 1 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.6 STAGING AND SCAFFOLDING A. Staging and scaffolding shall be provided by this section. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Glidden Professional. 3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The). B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in the Interior Painting Schedule for the paint category indicated. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Masonry: 12 percent. 2. Wood: 15 percent. 3. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. E. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. INTERIOR PAINTING Gienapp Architects 09 9123 - Page 2 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. E. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment b. Uninsulated metal piping. C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. h. Other items as directed by Architect. INTERIOR PAINTING Gienapp Architects 09 9123 - Page 3 of 4 Watertown Police Station Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Manufacturers and products listed below are Basis of Design products. Acceptable manufacturers and products include but are not limited to those listed below. B. Masonry Substrates: 1. Latex System MPI INT 4.2A: a. Block Filler: Block filler, latex, interior/exterior, MPI #4. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Super Spec". b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #52. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Ultra Spec 500". C. Wood Substrates: Wood trim, Architectural woodwork, Doors, Windows and wood board paneling. Do not paint wood items to receive stained or transparent finish. 1. Latex over Latex Primer System MPI INT 6.3T: a. Prime Coat: Primer, latex, for interior wood, MPI #39. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Fresh Start". b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior(MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #52. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Ultra Spec 500." D. Gypsum Board Substrates: 1. Institutional Low-Odor/VOC Latex System MPI INT 9.2M: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, MPI #149. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Ultra Spec 500." b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC, matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, institutional low odor/VOC(MPI Gloss Level 3), MPI #145. 1) Benjamin Moore's "Ultra Spec 500." END OF SECTION INTERIOR PAINTING Gienapp Architects 09 9123 - Page 4 of 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 09 5133 ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical metal grid and associated suspension system for interior ceilings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied finishes. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Suspension-System Components: Quantity of each grid, exposed molding, and trim equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Hold-Down Clips: Equal to 2 percent of quantity installed . 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they are protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Handle acoustical metal ceiling units, suspension-system components, and accessories carefully to avoid damaging units and finishes in any way. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS 2.2 ACOUSTIC CEILING UNITS, GENERAL A. Acoustical Panels Type AMP B. Acoustical Panels Type AMP-1: C. Surface Texture: Open Cell D. Composition: Metal E. Color: White F. Size: 24 in x 24 in G. Edge Profile: Square Lay-In 9/16 in for interface with SUPRAFINE XL 9/16" Exposed Tee grid. ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 1 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA H. Perforation Option: Open Cell I. Noise Reduction Coefficient(NRC): J. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): K. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A(IBC). L. Light Reflectance (LR)White Panel: ASTM E 1477; . M. Dimensional Stability: Standard N. Recycle Content: Post-Consumer- 60% Pre-Consumer-25% O. Acceptable Product: METALWORKS Open Cell, 6193 No added formaldehyde as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries 2.3 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Components: Main beams and cross tees, base metal and end detail, fabricated from commercial quality hot dipped galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 653. Main beams and cross tees are double-web steel construction with type exposed flange design. Exposed surfaces chemically cleansed, capping prefinished galvanized steel in baked polyester paint. Main beams and cross tees shall have rotary stitching. B. Edge Moldings and Trim: 7807- 10ft Wall Molding C. Accessories: 440 -Vector Border Clip 442 -Vector/Concealed Hold Down Clip 5632 - Grid Hook Kit 5944 - Suspension Kit 7004 - Standard 8' Hanging Kit D. Suspension Systems: Provide systems complete with carriers, runners, splice sections, connector clips, alignment clips, leveling clips, hangers, molding, trim, retention clips, load-resisting struts, and other suspension components required to support ceiling units and other ceiling-supported construction. E. Attachment Devices: Size for 5 times the design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, Direct Hung, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. F. Expansion Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E488/E488M conducted by a qualified testing agency. G. Power-Actuated Anchors: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion-resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated and with allowable load capacities calculated according to ICC-ES AC70, greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing per ASTM E1190 conducted by a qualified testing agency. H. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements: 1. Zinc-Coated, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641 M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless Steel Wire: ASTM A580/A580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Nickel-Copper-Alloy Wire: ASTM B164, nickel copper alloy for UNS No. N04400 alloy. 4. Size: Select wire diameter so its stress at 3 times the hanger design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, Direct Hung, is less than yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.135-inch-diameter wire. I. Hanger Rods : Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint. 2.4 ALUMINUM CUSTOM TRIM - EXTRUDED A. Product/Manufacturer: Axiom Trim Channel: 6in Axiom Vector Straight Armstrong World Industries, Incorporated ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 2 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. A. Commercial quality extruded aluminum alloy 6063 trim channel, factory finished in baked polyester paint. Commercial quality galvanizedsteel unfinished T-bar connection clips; galvanized steel splice plates. C. 1. Color: White D. 2. Size: 120 in X 6 in E. 3. Recycle Content: Post-Consumer- 10% Pre-Consumer- 35% F. 4. Acceptable Product: AXIOM Vector, 6in Axiom Vector Straight as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries G. B. Axiom Trim Channel: H. 6in Axiom Vector Straight I. C. Axiom Outside Corner Posts (Straight Only): J. 1. 6in Axiom Vector Outside Corner Post K. D. Axiom Inside Corners (Straight Only): L. 1. 6in Axiom Vector Inside Corner Post 2.5 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant: Manufacturer's standard sealant complying with ASTM C834 and effective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E90. 1. Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining latex sealant. 2. Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable,temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. High-Humidity Finish: Comply with ASTM C635/C635M requirements for"Coating Classification for Severe Environment Performance"where high-humidity finishes are indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Mill Finish:AA-M10C10(Mechanical Finish:as fabricated, unspecified;Chemical Finish:chemically cleaned). B. Lacquered Mill Finish: AA-M10C10R1x (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, unspecified; Chemical Finish: chemically cleaned; Organic Coating: as specified below). 1. Organic Coating: Manufacturer's standard clear organic coating. C. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A31, Class II, 0.010 mm or thicker. D. Clear Mirror Anodic Finish: AA-M21C12A212, 0.005 mm or thicker. E. Color-Coated Finish: Manufacturer's standard powder-coat baked paint complying with coating manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, pretreatment, application, baking, and minimum dry film thickness. F. Bright-Reflective Finish: Manufacturer's standard chemical/mechanical bright-reflective metallic finish complying with finish manufacturer's written instructions for surface preparation, pretreatment, process, protective coating, and minimum thickness to produce a finish uniform in appearance and free of blisters, pits, roughness, nodules, burning, cracks, unfinished areas, and other visible defects. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing to which acoustical metal ceilings units attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 3 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of acoustical metal pan ceilings. B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical metal pans to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width pans at borders, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans and coordination drawings. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install acoustical metal pan ceiling assemblies to comply with ASTM C636/C636M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire-resistance-rated ceilings, to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members or carrying channels and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that do not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to ceiling suspension members or carrying channels and to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that does not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast-in-place hanger inserts, postinstalled mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power- actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members or carrying channels and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers,without attaching to permanent metal forms,steel deck,or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast-in-place or postinstalled anchors. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical metal pans. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 4 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. E. Install suspension-system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Cut acoustical metal pan units for accurate fit at borders and at interruptions and penetrations by other work through ceilings. Stiffen edges of cut units as required to eliminate evidence of buckling or variations in flatness exceeding referenced standards for stretcher-leveled metal sheet. Cut and treat edges to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. G. Install acoustical metal pans in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Comply with manufacturer's installation tolerances. 1. For lay-in, square-edge pans, install pans with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension-system runners and moldings. 2. For lay-in, reveal-edge pans on suspension-system runners, install pans with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 3. For lay-in, reveal-edge pans on suspension-system members with box-shaped flanges, install pans with reveal surfaces in firm contact with suspension-system surfaces and panel faces flush with bottom face of runners. 4. For clip-in pans, position pans according to manufacturer's written instructions. 5. For snap-in pans, fit adjoining units to form flush, tight joints. 6. Align joints in adjacent courses to form uniform, straight joints parallel to room axis in both directions unless otherwise indicated. 7. Fit adjoining units to form flush, tight joints. 8. Install directionally patterned or textured metal pans in directions indicated. 9. Install sound-absorbent fabric layers in, and bond to, perforated metal pans. 10. Install sound-absorbent pads in perforated metal pans over metal spacer grids. H. Install sound attenuation panels in areas indicated by reflected ceiling plans or room finish schedules. Lay panels directly on ceiling system and close major openings to form complete coverage in required areas. Lay second sound-absorbent pads on sound attenuation panels. I. Install hold-down clips where indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical metal pan ceilings, including trim and edge moldings, after removing strippable, temporary protective covering, if any. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for stripping of temporary protective covering, cleaning, and touchup of minor finish damage. Remove and replace ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage, including dented and bent units. END OF SECTION ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 5 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ACOUSTICAL METAL CEILINGS Gienapp Architects 09 5133 - Page 6 of 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 13 4823 SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Provide labor, materials and equipment necessary to complete the work of this Section, including but not limited to the following: 1. Sound control wall panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 12003 "Structural Steel Framing" for platform to receive sound control walls. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sound control panel assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of supports and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to Sound control walls including, but not limited to, the following: a. Structural load limitations. b. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials and erector's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. C. Required tests, inspections, and certifications. 2. Review methods and procedures related to sound control wall panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: a. Compliance with requirements for support conditions, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 1 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA b. Flashings, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that will affect sound control wall panels. C. Temporary protection requirements for sound control wall panel assembly during and after installation. d. Wall observation and repair after sound control wall panel installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of sound control wall panel component. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Sound control wall panels. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate components by others. Include full plan, elevations, sections, details and the following: 1. Sound Control Wall Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of panels including methods of support. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, clip spacing, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory- and field-assembled work; show locations of exposed fasteners. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sound Control Panels: Nominal 12 inches (300 mm) long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories. 2. Flashing and Trim: Nominal 12 inches (300 mm) long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Erector Certificates: For qualified erector, from manufacturer. B. Material Test Reports: For each of the following products: 1. Shop primers. C. Source quality-control reports. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups for typical sound control wall panel. a. Size: 48 inches (1200 mm) long by 48 inches (1200 mm). Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package sound control panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect sound control panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with panel installation only when weather conditions permit panels to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Sound Control Panel Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 3 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer's of products that may be used in the project include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Noise Barriers 2. Vibro-Acoustics 3. Kinetics Noise Control B. Basis of Design: Noiseblock sound barrier walls by Kinetics Noise Control, or approved equal. C. Source Limitations: Obtain sound control wall system components, including framing and sound control panel assemblies, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 2.3 SOUND CONTROL WALL PANELS A. Concealed-Fastener, Flush-Profile, Sound Control Wall Panels with flush joint between panels. 1. Material: Zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet, Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Exterior Finish: Fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly. 1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. B. Sound Control Panels: Fabricate and finish panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 4 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with erector present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 SOUND CONTROL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate and finish panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. General: Anchor sound control panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 2. Lap metal flashing over panels to allow moisture to run over and off the material. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion-resistant coating, by applying rubberized-asphalt underlayment to each contact surface. 3.3 SOUND CONTROL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Install wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Anchor wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels. 2. Rigidly fasten base end of wall panels to structural platform. 3. Install flashing and trim as wall panel work proceeds. 4. Align bottom of wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-drilling or self-tapping screws. B. Attach sound control wall panels to supports with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer. C. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align wall panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m), noncumulative; level, plumb, and on location lines; and within 1/8-inch (3-mm) offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 5 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Sound Control Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as panels are installed. On completion of panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. 1. Replace sound control panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. a. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory-applied finish coating. END OF SECTION 133419 Gienapp Architects SOUND CONTROL ASSEMBLIES 114121 13 4823 - 6 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 32 1713 PARKING BUMPERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Precast concrete wheel stops. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Precast concrete wheel stops. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish requiring color selection. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PARKING BUMPERS A. Precast Concrete Wheel Stops: Precast, steel-reinforced, air-entrained concrete; 4000-psi minimum compressive strength; manufacturer's standard height and width by 72 inches long. Provide chamfered corners and a minimum of two factory-formed or-drilled vertical holes through wheel stop for anchoring to substrate. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Precast Concrete Inc. b. Bush Concrete Products, Inc. C. Dura-Crete, Inc. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain wheel stops from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Surface Appearance: Smooth, free of pockets, sand streaks, honeycombs, and other obvious defects. Corners shall be uniform, straight, and sharp. 4. Mounting Hardware: Galvanized-steel spike or dowel, 1/2-inch diameter, 18-inch minimum length. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that pavement is in suitable condition to begin installation in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wheel stops in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions unless otherwise indicated. B. Securely anchor wheel stops to substrate with hardware in each preformed vertical hole in wheel stop as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Recess head of hardware beneath top of wheel stop. PARKING BUMPERS Gienapp Design 32 1713 - Page 1 of 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA END OF SECTION PARKING BUMPERS Gienapp Design 32 1713 - Page 2 of 2 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 21 00 00 FIRE PROTECTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. PART A and DIVISION 01 of PART B, as listed in the TABLE OF CONTENTS, are hereby made part of this SECTION by reference thereto. B. After inspecting all conditions at the site, examine the various trade SECTIONS of the Specifications and be thoroughly familiar with all provisions regarding work included herein. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 00 00— Plumbing B. Section 23 00 00—Heating, Ventilating and Cooling C. Section 26 00 00— Electrical 1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. Modifications to wet pipe sprinkler system in areas as indicated and as required by Local Authority and the Owners Insurance Authority for fully sprinklered systems for the Facility as required by all applicable codes. Coordinate with all trades and all conditions in order to design and install complete, automatic fire sprinkler systems and all necessary modifications to the existing fire sprinkler systems. B. Work includes but is not limited to the following: 1. Sprinkler Heads, escutcheon plates, Piping Fittings, Hangers and Supports. 2. Sleeves, Escutcheons, Hangers, Access Panels, and Miscellaneous Steel Supports. 3. Testing and Adjusting all Equipment. 4. Obtaining Approval, Permits and Certificates. 5. Provide any other component or related system (whether or not explicitly listed) which is part of the overall design and basic equipment and deemed necessary for its completion, thoroughness and ready for operation in perfect condition. 6. Include in the fire protection work all necessary supervision and the issuing of all coordination information to any other trades who are supplying work to accommodate the fire protection installation. 7. Cutting Coring and patching. 8. Coordination with all other trades. 9. The sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for a complete set of sprinkler system shop drawings of all fire protection systems including all sprinkler system design drawings, sprinkler head layouts, sprinkler piping layouts, sprinkler pipe sizes, all hanger and support layouts, all seismic bracing design, selection of design criteria and remote design areas in accordance with NFPA-13 as applicable, all coordination with all architectural drawings and all mechanical drawings, locations of all required valves and equipment, location of all tamper and flow switches, location of all fire department hose valves and fire department connection, coordination with local fire department for all required design criteria, and creation of sprinkler system shop drawings that will be used for the actual installation of the fire protection systems. 10. Sprinkler head coverage will be provided for all rooms and areas of the building including, in accordance with NFPA-13 latest accepted edition. 11. The sprinkler system modifications shall be in accordance with NFPA-13 latest accepted edition. All rooms and areas shall be provided with sprinklers regardless of size and function. All concealed spaces made wholly or partly of exposed combustible material shall be provided with sprinkler coverage. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 1 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 12. Sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site, and survey existing building systems, prior to bid. 13. The sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for field surveying the existing sprinkler systems at the site and for determining the locations of new connections to the existing systems and the extent of the sprinkler systems modifications. 14. The sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for shutting down and draining down the existing sprinkler systems in order to accommodate the work. The sprinkler contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all times of the existing sprinkler system shut down with the local fire department. 1.4 CODES, PERMITS AND FEES A. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, materials, workmanship and equipment performance shall conform to the latest governing edition of the following standards, codes, specifications, requirements, and regulations, but not limited to: 1. All Applicable NFPA Standards including NFPA-13, NFPA-14, NFPA-24. 2. Massachusetts State Building Code 8th Edition. 3. American Society of Mechanical Engineers. 4. American Society of Testing and Materials. 5. American National Standards Institute. 6. State and Local Plumbing and Gas Codes. 7. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 9. Owners Insurance Authority guidelines. 10. Massachusetts D.E.P. B. Any other local codes or authorities having jurisdiction, including any other standards specifically indicated in other paragraphs of this specification. C. Under this Section of the Specification, pay all fees, submit all necessary documents, obtain all permits, certificates and necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Prior to installation, provide copies of all permits, approvals and certificates to the Architect for his record. All costs for these requirements shall be borne under this section of the specification. 1.5 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS A. Under this section of the Specification, base all required measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from referenced points established and be responsible for correctly laying out of the work required under this section of the specification. B. In the event of discrepancy between actual measurements and those indicated, notify the Architect in writing and do not proceed with the related work until instructions have been issued. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Work shall be performed in cooperation with other trades on the project and so scheduled as to allow speedy and efficient completion of the project. B. Furnish to all other trades advance information on location and size of all equipment, frames, boxes, sleeves, and openings needed for the work under this section of the specifications, and also furnish layout information and shop drawings necessary to permit trades affected by the work under this section of the specifications to install their work properly coordinated and without delay. C. Where there is evidence that work installed under this section of the specifications interferes with the work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustments. D. With the approval of the Architect and without extra cost to the Owner, make reasonable modifications in work specified under this section of the specifications required to FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 2 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA coordinate with normal structural interferences, lights, diffusers, or for proper execution of specified work. E. If work is installed before coordinating with other trades so as to cause interference with the work of such trades, make all necessary changes in work under this section of the specifications at no additional cost to the Contract. F. Protect all materials and work of other trades from damage that may be caused by the work required under this section of the specifications and be responsible for repairing any damages caused by such work without any additional cost to the Contract. G. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section will interfere with work of other sections or conditions, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how this work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. H. Carefully coordinate with all conditions at the site while preparing the sprinkler systems design drawings. All sprinkler work shown on the sprinkler subcontractors design drawings shall be fully coordinated with all conditions at the site to insure that all work shall fit in the spaces. Make reasonable changes to the contract drawings in order to accommodate conditions without extra charge. 1.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section and subsections shall be performed by the fire protection Sub- Contractor. All cutting and patching associated with demolition work and required for the installation of work under this section shall be by the fire protection Contractor. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. The contractor shall see that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and shall consult with the Engineer in reference to this work. In so doing, he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Engineer. D. Carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. E. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen competent to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. F. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be the fire protection contractor's responsibility therefore. 1.8 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, maintenance and repair are readily accessible. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Architect. 1.9 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish access panels for installation in walls, ceiling and floors at locations to permit access for adjustment, removal, replacement and servicing of all concealed equipment, valves and materials installed under this Section of the specifications. B. Access panels will be installed under the Section of the related trades of the finished surfaces in which they are located. C. All access panels shall be positioned so that the equipment can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (min.12"x12"). When access panels are FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 3 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA required in corridors, lobby or other habitable areas, they will be located as directed by the Architect. D. Access panels shall be prime painted, keyed alike and provided with cylinder lock and two keys. Units shall be manufactured by Milcor, Inland Steel, Miami, Carrier or approved equal. Required fire resistance of walls and ceilings shall be maintained. E. Access panel shop drawings shall be submitted to the Designer for approval. 1.10 PORTABLE OR DETACHABLE PARTS A. For all work provided under this Section of the Specifications, retain in possession and be responsible for all portable and/or detachable parts and equipment and portions of the installation and all other devices or materials that are relative to and necessary for proper operation and maintenance of the specified systems until final completion of the contract, such items shall be given to the Owner. B. Replace, free of cost, all stolen, lost or damaged items and equipment provided under this section of the specifications relative to the installation and operation of the specified systems before the system is accepted by the Owner. 1.11 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Coordinate with other trades the location of and maintaining in proper positions, sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts to be supplied and/or set in place under this section of the specifications. In the event of incorrectly located preset sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts, etc., all required cutting and patching of finished work shall be done under this section of the specifications. B. Unless otherwise specified herein, all pipes passing through rated floors, walls, ceilings or partitions shall be provided with sleeves as required by code. All sleeves through plenum walls shall be sealed air-tight. C. Filed drilling (core drilling), when required, shall be performed under this section of the specifications, after receipt of approval by the Architect and the General Contractor. D. All pipes passing through rated floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves as required by code and having an internal diameter with a minimum of one inch larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or insulation on covered lines. E. Sleeves through outside walls (if required) shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with a 150-pound galvanized steel slip on welding flanges, welded at the center of the sleeve and shall be painted with one coat of bitumastic paint, inside and outside. F. Sleeves through masonry floors and interior masonry walls shall be Schedule 40, black, steel pipe. Sleeves through interior nonmasonry walls or partitions shall be 22-gauge galvanized sheet steel. G. The sleeves through outside walls and slab on grade (if required) shall be provided with pipe to wall penetration closures. Seals shall be mechanical type of interlocking rubber links shaped to fill space between pipe and sleeve. Links shall be assembled with bolts to form a belt around the pipe with pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. After seal assembly is positioned, tightening of bolts will provide watertight seal. This Contractor shall determine the required inside diameter of each individual sleeve before ordering, fabricating or installing. The inside diameter of each sleeve shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe and to assure a watertight joint. H. Sleeves through walls shall terminate flush with face of wall. Sleeves through floor walls shall terminate 1" above finished floor. I.Required fire resistance of floors and walls shall be maintained where penetrations occur. Fire stopping at sleeves shall be installed per manufacturer recommendations. Fire stopping material shall be UL listed for the service and fire rating. Provide asbestos-free firestopping material capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, gases, and temperature. Provide noncombustible firestopping that is nontoxic to human beings during installation or during fire conditions. Devices and equipment for firestopping service shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for use with applicable construction, and penetrating items. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 4 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. Fire Hazard Classification: Material shall have a flame spread of 25 or less, a smoke developed rating of 50 or less when tested in accordance with UL 723 or UL listed and accepted. 2. Firestopping Rating: Firestopping materials shall be UL FRD listed or FM P7825 approved for 7" and "T" ratings at least equal to fire-rating of fire wall or floor in which penetrated openings are to be protected, except that 7" and "T" ratings may be 3 hours for firestopping in through-penetrations of 4-hour fire rated wall or floor. J. Escutcheons shall be provided with a set screw to properly hold escutcheon in place and provided at all exposed floor and wall penetrations. Escutcheons on C.P. piping shall be chrome plated. K. Sleeves for PVC piping passing thru floors and walls shall be in strict accordance with the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code. PVC piping passing through fire rated barriers shall be enclosed in a closefitting metal sleeve extending 20" on each side of the wall, floor or barrier. The sleeve shall be 18 gauge or heavier. The space between the sleeve and the wall or floor opening shall be fire-stopped by packing with acceptable non- combustible filler. 1.12 TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, STAGING AND HOISTING EQUIPMENT A. Necessary tools and equipment such as hoisting equipment and staging for erection of equipment shall be furnished, installed and maintained at job site under this section of the specifications for fabrication and erecting of all related equipment covered by this section of the specification. 1.13 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, factory fabricated channels and supports required for proper installation, mounting and support of all equipment and systems provided under this section of the specification. B. Supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the Architect, as shown on the drawings, or hereinafter specified. C. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel provided under this section of the specifications shall accommodate all deflections in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for the specific loading on the system installed therein. D. All supplementary steel and factory fabricated channels shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner parallel to the walls, floors and ceiling construction. All turns shall be made with 90 degree and 45-degree fittings, as required to suit the construction and installation conditions. E. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels, supports and fittings shall be Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. approved, shall be galvanized steel where exposed or subject to rust producing atmosphere and shall be manufactured by Unistrut, Powerstrut, or approved equal. 1.14 CROSS AND INTERCONNECTIONS A. No equipment, devices or piping shall be installed which will provide a cross or interconnection between a distribution water supply and a drainage, soil or waste pipe which will permit or make possible the backflow of sewage, polluted water or waste into the water supply system. 1.15 TYPICAL DETAILS A. Typical details where shown on the drawings shall apply to each and every item of the systems covered under this section of the specifications where such items are applicable. They are not reproduced in full on the drawings, which in many cases are diagrammatic only, but with the intention that any other methods proposed to be provided FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 5 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA under this Section of the Specifications shall have prior written approval from the Architect before installation. 1.16 SUBMITTALS A. Conform to the requirements of the submittals section 013300 for schedule and form of all submittals. Coordinate this submittal with submittals for all other finishes. B. Materials List: Before purchasing materials for the work, submit to the Architect a complete list showing (1) the materials specified, and (2) the equivalent materials proposed for use, including description of product, if the Subcontractor desires to use materials other than those specified. C. Where, under this section of the specification, a proposal has been made to use an item of material or equipment other than that shown or specified in the Contract Documents, assume the cost of and entire responsibility for coordination of this trade and with all other trades involved and assume all costs and responsibility of providing all work necessary for the installation of the substituted products or materials. In addition, make such arrangement and assume costs occasioned by changes in the work of this trade and other trades that may be required in order to install the approved substitution. This trade contractor shall be entirely responsible for all additional costs and performing all additional work and coordination required and necessary to install any and all substituted products and materials. Such changes shall not be a matter for subsequent change order for extra work to the Contract. D. No documents will be accepted for approval and/or review, unless they include complete information pertaining to appurtenances and accessories, are submitted as a package, and where they consist of catalog sheets containing information on non-related materials and equipment, they shall be clearly marked to show which particular items are proposed for use. E. List of Submittals (as required by the new fire sprinkler systems): 1. Piping, Fittings, Couplings and Accessories. 2. Sprinkler Heads. 3. Working Plans (Shop Drawings) and hydraulic calculations, stamped by a Professional Engineer which shall have the approval of the Local fire department and owner's insurance underwriter. F. Submit Material Safety Data Sheet(MSD)on each product with submittal. G. Submit a complete set of working fire protection drawings and hydraulic calculations as outlined in NFPA-13, stamped and signed by a registered engineer, to the Local fire department and the owner's insurance carrier for approval, prior to the start of any installation. 1.17 SUBCONTRACTS AND SUPPLIERS A. Wherever hereinafter warranties of durability, operating capacity, proper functioning of equipment and the like are called for in this section of the specifications or wherever it is specified herein that the manufacturers shall furnish detail drawings, test certificates, or performance curves, that the manufacturer shall supervise the installation, keep it in repair for a stated period, or render other similar services, responsibility for the performance of the specified service under the actual conditions of installation shall be included as a part of this section of the specifications. B. The same shall apply to cases where special adjustment by manufacturer or other services are necessary to insure proper and efficient functioning of apparatus, and to meet manufacturer's warranty requirements, even though not specifically hereinafter called for. C. Where due to union regulations or trade agreements, any of the work shown of the drawings or specified herein is considered work of other trades, the work in question shall be subcontracted as a part of this section of the specifications and responsibility for the complete installation shall be included in this section of the specifications. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 6 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.18 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to job site in original, new and unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and following information: 1. Name or Title of Material. 2. Federal Spec. Number, if Applicable. 3. Manufacturer's Stock Number and Date of Manufacturer. 4. Manufacturer's Name. 1.19 SUPERVISION A. This trade shall supply the services of an experienced and competent supervisor who shall be in charge of the work of this Section at the site. 1.20 WARRANTIES A. Submit manufacturer's warranties for products as specified in this section. All warranties shall be submitted to the Architect prior to the FINAL PAYMENT. B. All materials, types of equipment and workmanship furnished under this section shall carry standard warranty against all defects in material and workmanship for a period of not less than one (1)year from date of acceptance by Owner, unless otherwise noted. 1.21 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING A. The work to be done under this Section of the Specifications shall include the furnishing, set-up and maintenance of all derricks, hoisting machinery, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. 1.22 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Prior to completion of the Contract, provide field operating instructions to the Owner's designated representative with respect to operation functions and maintenance procedures for the equipment and systems installed in accordance with Section 01 33 00. B. All equipment provided under this Section of the Specifications shall be placed in operation and shall function continuously in an operation test for a period of one week, without shut down due to mechanical failure. C. Prior to scheduling the project final inspection and after completion of the entire installation period, provide all work required to adjust all controls, and all maintenance to place the systems in operation to meet the requirements of this Section of the Specifications and Contract Documents. D. Sufficient advance notice shall be given to the Owner's designated operating personnel for the specific instruction period. Upon completion of instruction, obtain from the representative(s) written verification that the above-mentioned instruction has been performed. Such verification shall be forwarded to the Owner. E. Each copy of the approved operating and maintenance manual shall contain copies of approved shop drawings, equipment literature, cuts, bulletins performance charts, details, equipment and engineering data sheets and typewritten instructions relative to the care and maintenance for the operation of the equipment, all properly indexed and bound in a hard-back three ring binder. Flysheets shall be placed before instructions covering each section. Each manual shall have the following minimum contents: 1. Table of Contents. 2. Maintenance: a. Maintenance Instructions. b. Replacement Charts. C. Preventive Maintenance Recommendations. d. Trouble-shooting Charts for Equipment Components. e. Testing Instructions for each Typical Component. f. System Draining and Filling Instructions. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 7 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA g. Two types sets of instructions for ordering spare parts. Each set shall include name, telephone number and address of where they may be obtained. 3. Manufacturer's Literature: a. The equipment for which shop drawings have been submitted and approved. b. Wiring Diagrams. C. Installation Drawings. d. Manufacturer's Representative and Contract Information. e. Guarantees. 1.23 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety shall be a primary consideration. Provide all required and prudent material, labor and equipment to comply with applicable safety regulations. Further, provide all material, labor and equipment to comply with reasonable or generally accepted safety precautions as directed by the Owner or the Architect. B. Comply with all of the safety requirements of OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. C. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards for prevention of accidents and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and property. D. Perform work only in areas of the building as approved by the Owner or his representative. Personnel and equipment access to the site, laydown areas, parking areas and areas of work shall only be as designated and allowed by the Owner. 1.24 SITE SURVEY A. It shall be the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor to visit the site and familiarize himself with all existing conditions to which the new sprinkler systems will be installed. It shall be the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor to conduct a survey of the site and the existing utility conditions and to record these conditions as part of the sprinkler contractor's sprinkler system shop drawings. As part of the new sprinkler system shop drawings, the sprinkler contractor shall indicate all existing conditions that will affect the installation of the new extended sprinkler systems. This information shall include the new hydrant flow test data and the site water service mains to the point where the new hydrant flow test is taken. B. Prior to the commencement of any site work the sprinkler contractor shall contact the Massachusetts Dig-Safe to coordinate all site excavation work. No site work shall begin until this coordination has been performed. C. As part of the site work, the sprinkler contractor shall coordinate with the local water authority for the new connection to the existing underground site water main. The sprinkler contractor shall obtain all required permits, approvals and shall pay all fees and perform all required coordination necessary for the new connection of the new underground fire service main to the existing underground fire service main. 1.25 SUBCONTRACTS A. Wherever hereinafter warranties of durability, operating capacity, proper functioning of equipment and the like are called for in this section of the specifications or wherever it is specified herein that the manufacturers shall furnish detail drawings, test certificates, or performance curves, that the manufacturer shall supervise the installation, keep it in repair for a stated period, or render other similar services, responsibility for the performance of the specified service under the actual conditions of installation shall be included as a part of this section of the specifications. B. The same shall apply to cases where special adjustment by manufacturer or other services are necessary to insure proper and efficient functioning of apparatus, and to meet manufacturer's warranty requirements, even though not specifically hereinafter called for. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 8 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA C. Where due to union regulations or trade agreements, any of the work shown of the drawings or specified herein is considered work of other trades, the work in question shall be subcontracted as a part of this section of the specifications and responsibility for the complete installation shall be included in this section of the specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, FITTINGS AND JOINTS A. Piping and fittings shall conform to the latest ANSI, ASTM, and NFPA and AWWA Standards including latest amendments and shall be in conformance with state and local codes and applicable sections of NFPA standards material standards. The fire protection piping shall be carried out to the existing city water supply by the sprinkler contractor and the final connection to the city water supply shall be by the sprinkler contractor. All work associated with the fire protection main throughout the site including connections to each building and to the city water supply shall be the responsibility of the sprinkler contractor. The sprinkler contractor shall coordinate with all civil drawings, details and specifications for the installation criteria, methods and materials. All work shall be performed in accordance with NFPA-24. B. Each length of pipe, each pipe fitting, trap, materials and/or device used in the respective system shall have cast, stamped or indelibly marked on it, the maker's name or mark, weight and quality of the product when such marking is required by the approved standard that applies. C. Service: Fire Protection/Sprinkler Above Ground (2 inches and smaller): 1. Pipe Material: Schedule 40 Black Steel with threaded ends, for wet pipe systems. Dry pipe systems shall be similar except for internally galvanized steel pipe. 2. Fitting Material: Cast Iron 175 psi W.P. 3. Pipe Joint: cast iron Screwed fittings for wet pipe systems. D. Service: Fire Protection/Sprinkler Above Ground (2-1/2 inches and larger): 1. Pipe Material: a. Schedule 10 Black Steel with roll groove ends for wet pipe system and standpipe systems. Dry pipe systems shall be similar except for internally galvanized steel pipe. b. Fire Protection Pipe 2-1/2" through 5" shall have a minimum wall thickness of Schedule 10; .134" wall thickness for 6" pipe and .188" for 8" and 10" pipe. Dry pipe systems shall be similar except for internally galvanized steel pipe. 2. Fitting Material: Malleable Iron 175 psi W.P. 3. Pipe Joint: Roll-Grooved with Victaulic fittings E. Joints: 1. Joints in steel pipe above ground shall be threaded/flanged or a listed mechanical compression type coupling consisting of a neoprene collar, ductile iron coupling with zinc plated bolts and nuts all assembled to provide seal. 2. Steel, copper and brass pipe and fittings with threaded ends shall have IPS threads cut clean and true and in conformance with the ANSI Specifications 132-1 for taper threads. 3. Pipe roll grooving shall be in accordance with manufacturer's specifications contained in their latest published literature and NFPA 13. F. It shall be permitted, to the above listed fire protection piping systems, to furnish and install a Victaulic "Pressfit" system for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. The system shall incorporate schedule 5 steel pipe with a system of Victaulic "Pressfit" couplings, elbows, tees, reducers and adaptors necessary for a complete fire protection system. The "Pressfit" system and schedule 5 piping shall be UL listed and FM approved for fire protection service and rated for 175 psi working pressure. The Victaulic"Pressfit" system FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 9 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA and associated piping shall be approved by the Owners Insurance Authority, and the Local Fire Department prior to purchase and installation. G. All sprinkler piping in exposed areas shall be of a type suitable for painting. 2.2 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hangers shall be installed, as required, to meet NFPA compliance as to location/spacing. B. Hanger material shall be compatible with piping materials with which it comes into contact. C. Hangers shall be installed, in addition to the above, at all changes of direction (horizontal and vertical), valves and equipment connections. Hangers shall be located so that their removal is not required to service, assemble or remove equipment. D. Horizontal runs may use band hangers up to 4" size. Piping larger than 4" shall be provided with clevis type. E. Vertical support shall be by means of riser clamps (anchors with split ring type allowable up to 2" size only) and adjustable pipe support with flange anchored to floor. F. Rods, clamps and hangers shall be electro-galvanized coated. G. All nuts, inserts and hardware shall be stainless steel. H. Size of hanger rods shall not be less than the following: 3/4"to 1-1/2" pipe: 3/8" rod. 2"to 3-1/2" pipe: 1/2" rod. 4"to 6" pipe: 5/8" rod. 2.3 SPRINKLER SYSTEM A. The new sprinkler system serving the Area indicated shall be automatic, wet type, as noted on Drawings and as manufactured by Victaulic, Viking or Grinnell. All sprinkler systems, valves, piping, hangers, supports, switches, and all associated equipment and material shall be UL listed and or FM approved for use with fire protection systems. All equipment as mentioned above shall be rated at 175 psi working pressure. 1. System shall be complete packaged with all necessary controls and including, but not limited to the following: a. Sprinkler Heads and Related Piping and Valves. b. Related Check and Shut-off Valves. C. Sprinkler system zone stations and controls including Inspector's Test Valves and Drains. d. Flow and tamper switches. e. Seismic Bracing. f. Hangers and supports. 2. System shall be in accordance with NFPA-13 latest accepted edition and the rules and regulations of all local authorities and the owner's insurance authority and the Massachusetts State Building Code, 8th Edition. B. Sprinkler Heads 1. Sprinkler heads shall be installed in accordance with architectural ceilings in all areas. Coordinate with the architectural ceiling plans and the electrical lighting plans for exact locations of ceilings and light fixtures and for laying out all final locations of sprinkler heads and piping. 2. Automatic Sprinklers: Sprinklers, in general, shall be automatic closed type with a 1/2" nominal size orifice. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, temperature rating of fusible elements shall be in accordance with NFPA-13. Automatic sprinklers of standard temperature rating (165 °F) shall be used except in areas above normal temperatures, will occur. In such area's intermediate temperature sprinklers (212 °F) shall be provided. Sprinkler heads, escutcheon plates and finishes shall be UL listed and or FM approved. 3. Sprinkler heads in unfinished ceiling areas shall be upright style with rough brass finish and glass bulb fusible elements as manufactured by Viking or equal. FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 10 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA Sprinkler heads in finished ceiling areas shall be concealed type with escutcheon plate (all in chrome finish), and shall be manufactured by Viking or equal. . 4. High temperature sprinkler heads shall be used in laundry rooms, mechanical rooms and in close proximity to heat generating equipment. Distances from equipment and temperature ratings of sprinkler heads shall be in accordance with NFPA-13. 5. All sprinkler head finishes listed above shall be approved by the architect prior to the purchase and installation of any sprinkler work. The sprinkler contractor shall submit a list of proposed sprinkler head finishes to the architect for approval and shall obtain this approval prior to the commencement of any fire sprinkler work. 6. Sprinkler heads installed under ductwork shall be provided with cage guard protectors. 2.4 SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS A. Provide shop drawings for approval for entire system. B. Provide a full set of hydraulic calculations and sprinkler system shop drawings. Hydraulic calculations and drawings shall be complete and correct in every respect in accordance with NFPA 13 latest accepted edition. Final construction design shall be based on the sprinkler contractors' hydraulic calculations and sprinkler system shop drawings. All buildings as directed by the architect shall be equipped throughout with an approved automatic fire suppression system. C. Prepare working plans and hydraulic calculations stamped by a registered Professional Engineer of all entire systems in accordance with NFPA-13 and shall have these drawings and calculations approved by the Local Fire Department and the Owner's insuring authority and so stamped and signed, and submit such stamped and signed drawings to the Architect for approval. No work shall be installed until the drawings have been returned with the above approvals in addition to the Architect's approval. D. The sprinkler contractor shall conduct a new hydrant flow test at the site to obtain current flow and pressure data. The sprinkler contractor shall provide all labor, materials and coordination for the flow test. The sprinkler contractor shall coordinate with the local water department and local fire department prior to conducting the flow test for local authority requirements. The sprinkler contractor shall pay all local authority fees associated with the performing of the hydrant flow test. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURAL SYSTEM A. The sprinkler and standpipe systems shall be installed in such a way that no portion of the building structural system shall be altered in any way. In no case shall it be acceptable for any load bearing walls, beams, columns, bracing, joists or any portion of the building structural system to be cut, cored, drilled or altered in any way. 3.2 FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS A. Comply with rules, codes, ordinances, regulations and requirements of all legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction over the whole, or any part of the work herein specified. These rules and regulations supplement this Specification and shall take precedence in any case of conflict. B. Materials and equipment furnished in connection with the installations shall be new and furnished in accordance with the requirements of the Standards of the NFPA Bulletin Nos.13 and they shall be the best grade and quality of their respective kinds, free from natural, manufacturing or construction flaws, deflects or irregularities and the finish, fitting and workmanship shall be equal to the highest commercial grade. C. Fire Protection System shall be installed in such a manner as to harmonize with the special architectural features of the building. All information required concerning the FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 11 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA special architectural features of the building may be obtained from the Contract Documents. D. Systems shall include, but are not limited to, sprinkler heads and escutcheons, control valves, check valves, electric alarms, piping, fittings, hangers, drains, Inspector's test connections, flow switches, control valve monitor switches, signs and other identification markings as required. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Piping Installation: 1. Piping shall be installed straight and direct as possible forming right angles or parallel lines with building walls, other piping and neatly spaced. 2. The horizontal runs of piping, except where concealed in partitions, shall be installed as high as possible. 3. Piping or other apparatus shall not be installed in such a manner so as to not interfere with the full swing of the doors and access to other equipment. 4. The arrangement, positions and connections of pipes, drains, valves, and the like, indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible, but the right is reserved by the Architect to change locations and elevations to accommodate the work, without additional compensation for such change. 5. It shall be possible to drain the water from all sections of each aboveground sprinkler piping system. Pitch piping back to drain valves. 6. Screwed piping of brass or chrome plated brass shall be made up with special care to avoid marring or damaging pipe and fitting exterior and interior surfaces. 7. Small fittings shall be screwed up close to the shoulders of male threads. Lampwick, cord, wool, or any other similar material shall not be used to make up thread joints. 8. Screwed pipe and copper tubing shall be reamed smooth before installation. 9. Reducing fittings, unless otherwise approved in special cases, shall be provided in making reduction in size of pipe. Bushings will not be allowed. 10. Vertical risers shall be firmly supported by riser clamps, properly installed to relieve all weight from the fittings. 11. Any piece of pipe six inches or less in length shall be considered a nipple. 12. All fire protection service piping shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work to permit finished covering to be not less than 1 inch from other work. 13. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States of America and in accordance with the Commercial Standards, American National Standards Institute and American Society of Testing Materials. 14. All work associated with the grooving, threading, or cutting of piping shall be done outside of the building. Finished pipe sections shall be brought into the building and care shall be taken so as not to damage pipe ends. No pipe cutting or grooving equipment will be allowed inside the building. 15. After all work and testing are complete and after acceptance of the system, the all debris, tools, equipment, etc., from the work areas both inside and outside the building. 16. Special care shall be given when making pipe joint connections so as not to produce leaks or dampness around the joints. During pressure testing, any dampness detected around joints and couplings shall be fixed by disassembling the joint or coupling, thoroughly cleaning and drying the pipe and couplings, reassembling the joint or coupling, and re-testing the sprinkler system. 17. Victaulic "Pressfit" system shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and all applicable codes. B. Hanger Installation: 1. All piping shall be supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports, to maintain proper grading and pitching of lines, to FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 12 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be so arranged as to provide for expansion and contraction. 2. Vertical hanger rods to support piping from the structure or supplementary steel shall not exceed four feet in total length vertically, provide factory fabricated channels and all associated accessories. 3. Friction clamps shall be installed at the base of the risers and at each floor (above or below floor slabs). Friction clamps installed above floor slabs shall not be supported from or rest on floor sleeves. 4. Provide hangers at a maximum distance of two feet from all changes in direction (horizontal and vertical), on both sides of concentrated loads (equipment) and at valves. 5. Hangers, in general, for all horizontal piping shall be A Band type hangers for piping up to 4" size and Clevis type for piping 5" and larger. 6. Provide all supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels and associated accessories throughout both suspended and floor mounted, subject to the approval of the Architect. 7. Wire, tape or wood fastenings for shims or support of any pipe or tubing shall not be used. 8. Remove all rust from the ferrous galvanized hanger equipment (hangers and rods) and apply one coat of galvanized paint immediately after erection. 9. Piping at all equipment and each control valve shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves. Piping and equipment shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. 10. All piping shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from the piping, ductwork, conduit or ceiling suspension systems of other systems. C. Installation of hangers which permit wide lateral motion of any pipe will not be acceptable. 1. All hangers in contact with uninsulated piping shall be compatible with piping material. 2. Installation of Sleeves, Inserts and Escutcheons: 3. Sleeves in floors shall set one (1) inch above the finished floor surface or as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 4. Sleeves through interior masonry or non-masonry walls or partitions shall be set flush with the finished surfaces of the wall or partition. 5. Provide field drilling for inserts required for work under this section of the specifications. 6. Each interior wall or partition sleeve shall be packed with foam, glass wool or approved substitute flush with each face of wall. 7. Escutcheons shall be installed around all exposed piping passing through floor, wall or ceiling. Escutcheons shall fit snugly around the bare or insulated pipe. 3.4 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL A. Provide steel supports and hangers as shown on the drawings or required to support valves, pipe, ductwork, and other equipment or materials. B. All work shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands, brackets, and framework shall be properly sized and firmly constructed. C. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be by experienced metal working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted. Scale, rust, and burrs shall be removed. Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling, cutting and fitting shall be done FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 13 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of other trades as directed by them. D. Members shall be generally welded, except that bolting may be used for field assembly where welding would be impractical. Welders shall be skilled. E. All shop fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given a shop coat of paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices. F. Submit details of all equipment supports and attachments for approval. 3.5 TESTING A. General: 1. Provide all labor, materials, instruments, devices and power required for testing. The tests shall be performed in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Architect, Fire Department and the Owners Insurance Authority, and such other parties as may have legal jurisdiction. No piping in any location shall be closed up, furred in, or covered before testing. 2. Where portions of piping systems are to be covered or concealed before completion of the project, those portions shall be tested separately in the manner specified herein for the respective entire system. 3. Any piping or equipment that has been left unprotected and subject to mechanical or other injury in the opinion of the Architect shall be retested in part or in whole as directed. 4. The Architect retains the right to request a recheck or resetting of any instrument during the guarantee period at no additional cost to the Owner. 5. Repair, or if directed, replace any defective work with new work without extra charge to the Contract. Repeat tests as directed, until the work is proven to meet the requirements specified herein. 6. Restore to its finished condition any work, damaged or disturbed, provided by other trades and engage the original trade to do the work of restoration to the damaged or disturbed work. 7. Caulking of screwed joints or holes in piping will not be acceptable. 8. Notify the Architect, Local Fire Department, The Owner, the Owners Insurance Authority, and any inspectors having jurisdiction, a minimum of 48 hours in advance of making any required tests so that arrangements may be made for their presence to witness his scheduled tests. B. Sprinkler Systems: 1. Testing shall be in accordance with NFPA-13, 13, and NFPA-24, latest accepted edition. 2. Each system shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 200 PSI for two hours. 3. Flushing shall be performed at a minimum rate of 390 GPM for systems supplied by a 4" alarm valve and 880 GPM for systems with a 6" alarm valve. No portion of the fire protections systems shall be connected to the site water supplies until the site water mains have been flushed and Flushing reports have been provided to the sprinkler trade by the site trade. 4. All water flow detecting devices and circuits shall be flow tested through the inspector's test connection and activate within five minutes of initiation. 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. At the completion of the work, all parts of the installation shall be thoroughly cleaned. All equipment, pipe, valves and fittings shall be cleaned of grease, metal cuttings and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of the system for testing. B. Any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of the building, its finish, or furnishings, due to failure to properly clean the piping system shall be repaired at no increase in Contract costs. C. All items of equipment shall be thoroughly inspected and any items dented, scratched or otherwise damaged in any manner shall be replaced or repaired and painted to match FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 14 of 15 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA the original finish. All items so repaired and refinished shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager for inspection and approval. D. Continuously remove debris from work areas and remove debris, waste, scrap, excess materials, etc., from the work on completion in any area. 3.7 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide any and all special tools, recommended by the manufacturer of items furnished, noted as not being commonly available. 3.8 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL A. Upon completion of the work, furnish to the Owner in duplicate, certificates of inspection and/or approval from state and local inspection authorities having jurisdiction indicating the installed systems compliance to their requirements and the sprinkler installer fire protection engineer affidavit for each building. 3.9 PAINTING AND EARTHWORK A. All painting shall be provided under Section 09 90 00— Painting. B. All painting and earthwork shall be provided in accordance with Division 31 — Earthwork END OF SECTION FIRE PROTECTION Gienapp Architects 21 00 00 - Page 15 of 15 This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 22 00 00 PLUMBING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. The "Town of Watertown Owner and Contractor Agreement, together with all Amendments and Supplements as hereinbefore listed, shall apply and are hereby made a part of this section of the Specifications. B. The Sections of these Specifications entitled "Special Conditions", "Minimum Wage Determination", and Division 01 "General Requirements" shall apply and are hereby made a part of this section of the Specifications. C. Examine all Drawings and all Sections of the Specifications for requirements therein affecting the work and this Section. The exact scope of work of this Sub-bidder cannot be determined without a thorough review of all specification sections and other contract documents. 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK A. Watertown Police Station: 1. Work in this section includes providing labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for a complete and safe installation in accordance with the Contract Documents and all applicable codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Building: a. Complete natural gas piping system including all required pipe, fittings, valves, supports and final connections to gas fired equipment b. Excavation, Trenching, Pipe Bedding, Backfilling and repair work required for the installation of all plumbing systems, piping and equipment. Work shall be in accordance with Massachusetts State Plumbing and Fuel Gas Codes. C. All valves and sundries. d. Complete balancing and testing of all plumbing systems. e. All hoisting, staging, scaffolding over 8 feet in height shall be supplied by the General Contractor. f. Pipe labels for all pipe systems. g. Valve tags for all isolation valves in the plumbing systems. h. Complete natural gas piping system including all required pipe, valves, fittings, supports and final connections to all gas fired equipment. The gas piping system shall be connected to the discharge side of the existing natural gas meter. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for shutting down the existing gas system and for purging the existing piping system of all-natural gas prior to making the new connection. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall coordinate with the gas company and the owner for the periods of natural gas shut down. i. Painting of all-natural gas pipe, fittings and valves that are exposed to outdoors. Painting shall be with one coat of metal corrosion resistant primer and one coat of metal corrosion resistant final paint. j. Provide metal tracer wire and gas service identification tape buried with the exterior gas pipe and set 12" below ground. The identification tape shall read "Natural Gas" and shall appear at 5 foot intervals along the tape and shall be facing up. Tracer wire shall be in accordance with the Massachusetts State Plumbing and Fuel Gas Codes. B. General 1. Valves, Pipe and Fittings 2. Sleeves, inserts, hangers and accessories 3. Pipe identification and valve tags PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 1 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 4. Flanges, union fittings and couplings 5. Fire-safing at piping and sleeves 6. Cleaning, testing and sanitizing and balancing 7. Cutting and patching 8. Access panels 9. Supplementary steel for piping and equipment supports 10. Operating and maintenance manuals 11. Guarantee 12. Shop drawings and reproducible record drawings 13. Necessary supervision and coordination information to any other trades involved in the construction, to accommodate space, support or service requirements for equipment and piping provided under this Section of the Specifications. 14. All materials and labor necessary for installation and operation of equipment, furnished by others, requiring plumbing services and/or work that would fall under the jurisdiction or review of the Town. C. Examination of Site and Documents: 1. Bidders are expected to examine and to be thoroughly familiar with all contract documents and with the existing building conditions at the site under which work will be carried out. The Awarding Authority (Owner) will not be responsible for errors, omissions and/or charges for extra work arising from General Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to familiarize themselves with the Contract Documents or existing conditions. By submitting a bid, the Bidder agrees and warrants that he has had the opportunity to examine the site and the Contract Documents, that he is familiar with the conditions and requirements of both and where they require, in any part of the work a given result to be produced, that the Contract Documents are adequate and that he will produce the required results. D. Pre-Bid Conference: Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the Pre-Bid conference; refer to Advertisement for Bids for time and date. 1.3 RELATED WORK AND REQUIREMENTS A. Principal classes of work related to the work of this Section are listed below, and are specified to be performed under the indicated sections of the Specifications. Refer to the indicated sections for description of the extent and nature of the indicated work, and for coordination with related trades. This listing may not include all related work items, and it is the responsibility of the contractor to fully coordinate the work of this Section with that of all other trades. 1. Section 21 00 00— FIRE PROTECTION 2. Section 23 00 00—HVAC 3. Section 26 00 00— ELECTRICAL 1.4 REFERENCES A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or federal standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. The date of the standard is that in effect as the Bid date, except when a specific date is specified. C. Schedule of References: 1. ANSI American National Standards Institute 2. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 3. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 4. AWWA American Water Works Association 5. FM Factory Mutual System 6. IEEE Institute of Electrical & Electronics Engineers 7. CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute 8. PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 2 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 9. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 10. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 11. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 12. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration 13. MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General: Refer to DIVISION 01 — SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SUBMITTALS. B. Materials List: Before purchasing materials for the work, submit to the Architect/Engineer a complete list showing (1) the materials specified, and (2) the equivalent materials proposed for use, including description of product, if the Plumbing Sub-Contractor desires to use materials other than those specified. C. All materials shall be approved by the Architect/Engineer before commitment for materials is made. Intention of using specified materials shall not relieve the Contractor from submitting the items listed herein. D. Proposed Products List: 1. Hangers and Supports 2. Piping, Fittings, Unions and Couplings 3. Valves E. Submit shop drawings and product data grouped to include complete submittals of related systems, products, and accessories in a single submittal. F. Mark dimensions and values in units to match those specified. G. Submit Material Safety Data Sheets (MSD)on each product with submittal. H. Substitutions: Proposed product substitutions for the specified fixtures, equipment and materials shall be submitted for approval and shall be equal or greater to the originally specified products and shall not be used unless specifically approved. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall assume all responsibility for all coordination with the building systems and with all other trades for any and all substituted products. The Plumbing Sub- Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination, all work, all fees, all labor associated with all substituted products and shall be entirely responsible for all design engineering, installations, field coordination and any and all additional work associated with and necessary for the complete, operational and code compliant installations of any and all product substitutions and shall provide whatever changes to the contract documents necessary for the installations of any and all product substitutions and at no extra cost to the contract. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall bear any and all additional costs incurred to any and all other trades as a result of any and all product substitutions. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for insuring that any and all product substitutions will fit into the building spaces and with the work of all other trades. 1.6 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS A. Installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with the Massachusetts State Building and Plumbing Codes, with local supplements, Department of Environmental Protection Agency, NFPA, Massachusetts Architectural Access Board and any and all state and local requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction. B. All materials and installation provided under this Contract shall be approved for use in the State of Massachusetts, and done in strict accordance with the Massachusetts State Plumbing Code and NFPA. C. Give all notices, file all plans, obtain all permits, pay all fees, and licenses and obtain all necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver all certificates of inspection to the authorities having jurisdiction. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by Architect/Engineer, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work conforming to requirements, satisfactory to Architect/Engineer, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 3 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA before due inspection and approval, the installing contractors shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Construct work in sequence under provisions of Division 01. 1.8 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 01, of the Specifications for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section. 1.9 JURISDICTIONAL DISPUTES A. In order to avoid any jurisdictional disputes and work stoppage that could arise during the completion of the work shown on the Drawings or as specified herein, the Plumbing Sub- Contractor will be held responsible for subletting any work shown or specified herein, but not classified as plumbing work. 1.10 COORDINATION AND RESPONSIBILITY A. The structure and its appurtenances, clearances and the related services, such as heating, ventilation and electric service have been planned to be legal, adequate and suitable for the installation of equipment specified under this section. The Owner will not assume any increase in cost caused by differing requirements peculiar to a particular make or type of equipment, and any incidental cost shall be borne by the Contractor. He shall be responsible for the proper location of his required sleeves, chases, inserts, etc., and see that they are set in the forms before the concrete is poured. He shall be responsible for his work and equipment furnished and installed by him until the completion and final acceptance of this contract, and he shall replace any work which may be damaged, lost or stolen, without additional cost to the Owner. B. Where the Plumbing Sub-Contractor proposes to use an item of material or equipment other than that shown or specified in the Contract Documents, he shall assume the cost of and entire responsibility for any change in his work from the work as shown or specified occasioned by approval of such item. In addition, the Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall make all such arrangements and assume all cost occasioned by changes in the work of other trades that may be required in order to install the approved substitution; such changes shall not be a matter for subsequent Change Order increasing the Contract Sum. C. The contractor shall be responsible for visiting the site and reviewing the drawings to become familiar with the scope of work and the conditions. The contractor shall coordinate with all trades and all conditions prior to the commencement of work, in order to insure that no interferences occur with other trades or with conditions, and to insure that the work of this section will fit into the space. 1.11 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY A. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all work included under this Section until it has been tested and accepted. B. Protect all equipment and materials from damage from all causes including theft. All materials and equipment damaged or stolen shall be repaired or replaced with equal material or equipment. C. Protect all equipment, outlets and openings with temporary plugs, caps and covers. Protect work and materials of other trades from damage that might be caused by work or workmen under this Section and make good damage thus caused. 1.12 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS A. Life safety shall be a primary consideration. The contractor shall provide all required and prudent material, labor and equipment to comply with applicable safety regulations. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 4 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA Further, the Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall similarly provide all material, labor and equipment to comply with reasonable or generally accepted safety precautions as directed by the Owner or the Architect. B. Comply with all of the safety requirements of OSHA throughout the entire construction period of the project. C. Furnish, place and maintain proper guards for prevention of accidents and any other necessary construction required to secure safety of life and property. D. Perform work only in areas of the site as approved by the Owner or his representative. Personnel and equipment access to the site, laydown areas, parking areas and areas of work shall only be as designated and allowed by the Owner. E. Also refer to Division 01, Safety Requirements. 1.13 INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for complete, finished work, tested and ready for continuous operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice-versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by the Plumbing Sub- Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Architect before being installed. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Architect before proceeding with the installation. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Refer to the Architectural, Structural, HVAC and Electrical plans and coordinate location of all plumbing equipment and piping. D. Size of pipes and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid being unsightly. E. Should it appear that there is a real or an apparent discrepancy between the drawings and specification, it shall be assumed that the Plumbing Sub-Contractor based his bid on doing work in a more expensive manner. 1.14 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Submit operation and maintenance data complete with at least the following. B. Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: a. Explanation of Manual and its use. b. Description of Piping Systems. 2. System Operation 3. Maintenance a. Recommended List of Spare Parts: Furnish two (2) typed sets of instructions for ordering spare parts with sectional views of the fittings or equipment showing parts numbered or labeled to facilitate ordering replacements. Each set shall include a list with itemized prices of those parts recommended to be kept on hand as spares, as well as the name and address of where they may be obtained. b. System draining and filling instructions. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 5 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 4. Manufacturer's Literature: a. Pipe and fittings 1.15 UNDERWRITERS LABEL AND LISTING A. All electrical apparatus furnished under this Section shall be approved by UL and shall be labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom-built equipment is specified and the UL label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by UL where such is applicable to the component. 1.16 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section and subsections shall be performed by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor. Cutting and trenching through existing conditions shall be patched to match the previous existing conditions and to the Owners satisfaction. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall form all chases or openings for the installation of his own work, or shall cut the same in existing work and shall see that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. He shall see that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and shall consult with the Architect and the Contractors or Contractors concerned in reference to this work. In so doing, he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Architect/Engineer. D. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to match the adjacent surfaces and to the entire satisfaction of the Architect/Engineer. E. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall fill and patch all openings or holes left as a result of coring or cutting in order to accommodate the plumbing work. F. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen competent to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. G. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the Plumbing Sub- Contractor responsible therefore. H. Provide all cutting and patching work required for installation of materials and equipment under this section of the specifications, in such a manner so as to leave the work complete and in a condition that matches the corresponding area. I. When, in order to accommodate the work required under this section of the specifications, finished materials of other trades must be cut or fitted, furnish the necessary drawings and information to the trades whose materials must be cut or fitted. J. Do all required drilling and cutting of holes in concrete walls and floors for the installation of sleeves and supports provided under this section of the specification. 1.17 GUARANTEE A. Submit manufacturer's standard replacement warranties for material and equipment furnished under this Section. Such warranties shall be in addition to and not in lieu of all liabilities which the manufacturer and Contractor may have by law or by provisions of the Contract Documents. All warranties shall be submitted prior to Final Payment. B. All materials, equipment and work furnished under this Section shall be guaranteed against all defects in materials and workmanship for a minimum period of one (1) year commencing with the date of Substantial Completion. Any failure due to defective material, equipment or workmanship which may develop shall be corrected at no expense to the Owner including all damage to areas, materials and other systems resulting from such failures. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 6 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA C. Guarantee that all elements of each system meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein or as indicated on the Drawings. D. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of the failure of any part of the systems during the guarantee period, the affected parts shall be replaced. Any equipment requiring excessive service shall be considered defective and shall be replaced. 1.18 ELECTRICAL WORK A. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished as a part of the work of this Section, but which are not integral with the equipment served, will be mounted by the Electrical Contractor and all wiring will be done under DIVISION 26- ELECTRICAL. B. Except for electrical apparatus specifically called for as part of this Section, all switches and controllers required will be provided under DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL. C. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished as a part of the plumbing work shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL. D. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the electrical requirements of all equipment and devices requiring an electrical connection with the electrical contractor to insure that the proper and appropriate electrical connections for all equipment and devices are provided. 1.19 OBTAINING INFORMATION A. Obtain from the manufacturer the proper method of installation and connection of the equipment that is to be furnished and installed. Obtain all information that is necessary to facilitate the work and to complete the project. 1.20 GIVING INFORMATION A. Keep fully informed as to the size and shape and location of all openings required for all apparatus and give full information to all other Contractors. Furnish all supports required for installation of apparatus herein specified. 1.21 COOPERATION AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction including all other trades shall not be delayed nor interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as desired. B. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Architect/Engineer for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Architect/Engineer's satisfaction, at no expense to the Owner. C. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section will interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8-inch scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how this work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so as to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. D. Keep fully informed as to the shape, size and position of all openings required for all apparatus and give information in advance to build openings into the work. Furnish and set in place all sleeves, pockets, supports and incidentals. E. All distribution systems which require pitch or slope such as sanitary drains and water piping shall have the right of way over those which do not. Confer with other trades as to the location of pipes, ducts, lights and apparatus and install work to avoid interferences. F. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall, with the approval of the Architect/Engineer and without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in his work as required by normal PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 7 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA structural interferences, or by interference with work of other trades, or for proper execution of the work. G. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall protect all materials and work of other trades from damage that may be caused by his work and shall make good any damages so caused. 1.22 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT STANDARDS A. All equipment and material must be approved by the Architect/Engineer prior to use. Substitutions may be offered for review provided the material, equipment or process offered for consideration is equal in every respect to that indicated or specified and only if the term "approved equal" appears. The request for each substitution must be accompanied by complete specifications together with drawings or samples to properly appraise the materials, equipment or process. B. If a substitution of materials or equipment in whole or in part is made, the Plumbing Sub- Contractor shall bear the cost of any changes necessitated by any other trade as a result of said substitution. C. All materials, equipment and accessories provided under this section shall be new and unused products of recognized manufacturers as approved by the Massachusetts State Board of Plumbers and Gas Fitters. 1.23 SUPERVISION A. Supply the service of an experienced, trade licensed and competent supervisor who shall be in charge of the plumbing work at the site. 1.24 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. All manufactured materials shall be delivered to the site in original packages or containers bearing the manufacturer's labels and product identification. B. Protect materials against dampness. Store off floors, under cover, and adequately protected from damage. C. Deliver products to site and store and protect same under the provisions of Division 01. D. Thoroughly inspect all plumbing equipment and materials upon receipt at the job site for damage and correctness. 1.25 ACCESSIBILITY A. All work shall be installed so that parts requiring inspection, operation, maintenance and repair are readily accessible. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Architect. 1.26 ACCESS PANELS A. Furnish access panels for walls and ceilings at locations indicated on drawings or as required to permit access for adjustment, removal, replacement and servicing of all concealed plumbing equipment requiring access and all other items requiring maintenance and adjustment. In addition to where indicated on this Drawing, access doors shall be required for access to each concealed piping system isolation valve. Access panels shall be by Milcor, Larsen or Nystrom. All access panels shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. B. Installation shall be by the General Contractor. C. All access panels shall be located and positioned so that the equipment can be easily reached, and the size shall be sufficient for this purpose (min. 12-inch x 12-inch). 1.27 SLEEVES, INSERTS, ANCHOR BOLTS, AND PLATES A. Be responsible for the location of and the maintaining in proper position all sleeves, inserts and anchor bolts supplied and/or set in place. In the event that failure to do so PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 8 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA requires cutting and patching of finished work, it shall be done at this Contractor's expense without any additional cost to the Owner. B. Sleeves passing through fire walls and fire rated floors and barriers, shall be made tight using approved caulking or fireproofing materials as necessary. Fire rated material shall be UL listed and shall match the rating of the wall, floor or barrier penetrated. 1.28 SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL, CHANNELS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all supplementary steel, channels and supports required for the proper installation, mounting and support of all plumbing equipment, piping, etc., required by the Specifications. B. Supplementary steel and channels shall be firmly connected to building construction in a manner approved by the Architect/Engineer. C. The type and size of the supporting channels and supplementary steel shall be determined by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor and shall be of sufficient strength and size to allow only a minimum deflection in conformance with the manufacturer's requirements for loading. 1.29 DEFINITIONS A. As used in this Section, the following items are understood to have the following meaning: 1. Work shall mean all labor, materials, equipment, apparatus, controls, accessories and all other items required for a proper and complete installation. 2. Concealed shall mean hidden from sight in chases, furred-in spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction or in a crawl space. 3. Exposed shall mean not installed underground or concealed as defined above. 4. Contractor shall mean Plumbing Sub-Contractor. 5. Provide shall mean furnish and install. 6. HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING AND PLANKING B. The furnishing, set-up and maintenance of all derricks, hoisting machinery, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work over 8 feet in height shall be by the General Contractor. 1.30 COORDINATION A. Work shall be performed in cooperation with other trades on the project and so scheduled as to allow speedy and efficient completion of the project. B. Furnish to all other trades advance information on location and size of all equipment, frames, boxes, sleeves, and openings needed for the work under this section of the specifications, and also furnish layout information and shop drawings necessary to permit trades affected by the work under this section of the specifications to install their work properly coordinated and without delay. C. Where there is evidence that work installed under this section of the specifications interferes with the work of other trades, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustments. D. With the approval of the Architect/Engineer and without extra cost to the Owner, make reasonable modifications in work specified under this section of the specifications required to coordinate with normal structural interferences, lights, diffusers, ductwork or for proper execution of specified work. E. If work is installed before coordinating with other trades so as to cause interference with the work of such trades, make all necessary changes in work under this section of the specifications at no additional cost to the Contract. F. Protect all materials and work of other trades from damage that may be caused by the work required under this section of the specifications and be responsible for repairing any damages caused by such work without any additional cost to the Contract. G. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section will interfere with work of other PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 9 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA sections or conditions, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. Prepare and submit for approval 3/8-inch scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how this work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. H. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall carefully coordinate with all conditions at the site while preparing the sprinkler systems design drawings. All sprinkler work shown on the sprinkler contractors design drawings shall be fully coordinated with all conditions at the site to insure that all work shall fit in the spaces. The sprinkler contractor shall make reasonable changes to the contract drawings in order to accommodate conditions without extra charge. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Materials and equipment shall be of the best quality manufacture, new, unused and free from all defects, and burrs. All piping shall be de-burred before installation. B. Reference to specifications or recognized authorities to establish basis of quality shall be latest edition in force at date of bidding. 2.2 GAS PIPING A. Building Distribution Piping (including gas train vent piping): 1. Pipe Size 2" and Smaller: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, malleable iron threaded fittings. a. Pipe Size 2-1/2" and Larger: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, wrought- steel buttwelding fittings. 2. All above ground exterior gas piping, fittings, and valves shall be protected against corrosion by coating with a high-density polyethylene or wrapping with an inert material per manufacturer's recommendations or shall be painted with a corrosion resistant paint applied with one coat of primer and one final coat of paint. All surfaces to be painted shall be prepared in accordance with the primer and paint manufacturers recommendations. Primer and Paint shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All exterior gas piping shall be painted a color as directed by the architect. 3. Meter and meter regulator are existing 4. Provide dirt legs at bottoms of all vertical Gas Piping. 5. All ball valves located on gas piping shall be full port, gas service ball valves with tee-handle for pipe sizes 2" and smaller. Valves on gas pipe sizes 2 1/2" and larger shall be cast iron plug valves with flanged connections. 6. All final connections shall be made to gas fired equipment using a shut off valve, union and dirt leg. 2.3 UNIONS AND FLANGES A. Unless otherwise specified herein, unions for copper and brass piping two inches and smaller shall be 125 pounds (steam working pressure) brass ground joint type. Larger than 2 inches in diameter shall be 150 pounds flat faced brass flanges conforming to ANSI Standard B16.24. Flanges shall have copper clad steel bolts and nuts and 1/16- inch minimum thickness red rubber full faced gaskets. B. Where brass flanges and ferrous flanges are to be joined, ferrous flanges shall be full faced. C. Mating of ferrous and nonferrous flanges shall be separated with rubber gaskets (1/16- inch minimum thickness) and teflon liners installed in the bolt holes. Bolt holes shall be drilled to receive the Teflon liners. Physical contact between the ferrous and nonferrous flanges including the bolts, nuts, and washers will not be permitted. D. Unions or flanges shall be installed at all equipment connections. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 10 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.4 VALVES A. Valves on natural gas piping systems shall be natural gas rated plug valves and shall be approved in Massachusetts for use in plumbing systems. 2.5 HANGERS, INSERTS AND SUPPORTS A. All piping shall be rigidly supported from the building structures by means of approved hangers and supports. Piping shall be supported to maintain required grading and pitching of line, to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be arranged so as to provide for expansion and contraction. In no case shall risers or mains contact building structures. B. All materials specified in this section which occur above suspended ceilings shall be supported directly from the building structures. The suspended ceiling system shall not be utilized to support any plumbing materials. All hangers, inserts and supports shall be Carpenter Patterson, Calco, Walworth, or equal. C. All hangers shall be secured to approved adjustable type, stainless steel inserts wherever possible and practicable. Field drilling, where required, shall be by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor. The use of explosives is prohibited. D. Hangers shall be installed, as required, to meet code compliance as to location/spacing and Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS) Standard Practice Bulletins SP-58 and 69. E. Hanger material shall be compatible with piping materials with which it comes into contact unless otherwise noted. F. Hangers shall be installed, in addition to the above, at all changes of direction (horizontal and vertical), valves and equipment connections. Hangers shall be located so that their removal is not required to service, assemble or remove equipment. G. Horizontal runs may use Type "1A" band hangers up to 4-inch size. Piping larger than 4- inch shall be provided with clevis type. H. Vertical support shall be by means of riser clamps (anchors with split ring type allowable up to 2-inch size only) and adjustable pipe support with flange anchored to floor. I.Where three or more pipes are running parallel to each other, factory fabricated gang pipe hangers with pipe saddle clips or rollers may be used in lieu of the hereinbefore specified hangers. These hangers shall be sized to provide for insulation protectors as hereinafter specified. Pipe saddle clips shall be not less than 16-gauge metal. Where pipe rollers are provided for insulated copper piping, insulation protectors shall be provided at each set of rollers and filled with a section of heavy density fiberglass pipe covering that extends a minimum of 12 inch beyond the roller. J. Insulation protectors (shields) for horizontal piping shall be constructed of galvanized steel formed to a 180-degree arc and 12 inches long, 18 gauge for hangers 5 inches in size and smaller, 16 gauge for hangers larger than 5 inches in size. K. Rods, clamps and hangers shall be electro galvanized coated. L. Valve and piping supports, from the floor, shall be adjustable pipe support and complete with pipe standard and flange, anchored to floor. Supports shall be installed at each control valve, riser tee or elbow and where any unsupported section exceeds 4 foot-0 inch in length measured along piping centerline. 2.6 SLEEVES A. All pipes passing through floors, walls, or partitions shall be provided with sleeves having an internal diameter with a minimum of two inches larger than the outside diameter of the pipe or insulation on covered lines. B. Sleeves through outside walls and slabs on grade shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe with a 150-pound steel slip on welding flanges, welded at the center of the sleeve and shall be painted with one coat of bitumastic paint, inside and outside. C. Sleeves through masonry floors and interior masonry walls shall be Schedule 40, black, steel pipe. Sleeves through interior non-masonry walls or partitions shall be 22-gauge galvanized sheet steel. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 11 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA D. The sleeves through outside walls and slab on grade shall be provided with pipe to wall penetration closures. Seals shall be mechanical type of interlocking rubber links shaped to fill space between pipe and sleeve. Links shall be assembled with bolts to form a belt around the pipe with pressure plate under each bolt head and nut. After seal assembly is positioned, tightening of bolts will provide watertight seal. The Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall determine the required inside diameter of each individual sleeve before ordering, fabricating or installing. The inside diameter of each sleeve shall be sized as recommended by the manufacturer to fit the pipe and Link-Seal to assure a watertight joint. E. Sleeves through walls shall terminate flush with face of wall. Sleeves through floor shall terminate 1 inch above finished floor. F. Required fire resistance of floors and walls shall be maintained where penetrations occur. Fire stopping at sleeves shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations. G. Escutcheons shall be provided with a set screw to properly hold escutcheon in place and provided at all exposed wall penetrations. Escutcheons on chrome plated piping shall be chrome plated. 2.7 CLEANOUTS A. Bodies of cleanout ferrules in hub and spigot or no-hub piping shall be standard pipe size conforming in thickness to that required for pipe and fittings, and shall extend not less than 1/4 inch high. Cleanouts in copper waste piping shall be soldered brass cleanout fittings with extra heavy brass screw plugs of the same size as the pipe line. Cleanouts in threaded waste piping shall be cast iron drainage "T" pattern 90-degree branch fittings with extra heavy brass screw plugs of the same size as the pipe. B. Floor cleanouts shall be J.R. Smith, Zurn, or Wade, heavy-duty cast-iron body with ductile iron cover. C. Exterior cleanouts (GCO) to grade shall be same as for floor cleanouts and shall be encased in concrete at a minimum of 6 inch beyond the greatest outside dimension and a minimum of 6-inch depth. Top of cleanout shall be set 1/2 inch below finished grade and concrete collar shall be shaped to finished grade. D. Wall cleanouts, ZN1445-1 cast iron supreme cleanout tee with cadmium plated plug, lead seal and round stainless-steel access cover with securing screw, or approved equal. Other acceptable manufacturers shall be J.R. Smith or Wade. E. Provide owner with three (3)wrenches for removing flush cleanout plugs. F. Plastic Cleanout plugs will not be allowed. 1. GAUGES AND THERMOMETERS G. Pressure Gauges: 1. Gauges shall be installed with suitable "T" handle gauge cocks to permit servicing. All gauges shall be five-inch diameter, dial type. Dial gradations reading in "PSIG" shall be such that the normal operating pressure shall be indicated near the middle of the scale. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 IDENTIFICATION A. General: 1. All equipment and piping provided under this Section of the Specifications shall be marked for ease of identification. 2. Marking shall be done using self-adhering labels applied to clean, smooth surfaces. All lettering shall have a sharply contrasting background for ease of identification. Colors shall be in accordance with ANSI Standards. Samples of stickers together with color schedules shall be submitted for approval. B. Equipment: 1. Equipment marking shall be prominently located on the normally visible side of the equipment. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 12 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. Equipment identification designations shall be taken from equipment schedules as indicated on the Drawings. C. Pipe Identification: 1. Provide color coded pipe identification markers on all piping in the building installed under this Section. Pipe markers shall be heavy plastic faced cloth labels with heat resistant backing, "Set Mark" by Seton Nameplate Corporation, Zipper Tubing Co., or approved equal 2. Provide an arrow marker with each pipe content marker to indicate the direction of flow. 3. Piping mains shall be labeled at 20-foot intervals and on entrance and exit from the Mechanical Room, adjacent to each valve and at both sides of wall penetrations. This work shall be done after finish painting has been completed. 4. The following color coding shall be used with names in black letters on backgrounds indicated: SCHEDULE OF PIPING IDENTIFICATION 1 Service Legend Background Color Natural Gas Low Pressure Natural Yellow Gas 5. In general, a 2-inch-high legend shall be used for pipe lines 4-inch diameter and larger, and a % inch high legend shall be used for pipe lines 3-inch diameter and smaller. 6. All markers shall be OSHA approved. 7. All Exposed piping systems shall be painted in accordance with ANSI standards. D. Valve tags: E. All valves on pipes of every description shall have neat circular black and white laminated fibre engraved white showing through tags of at least 1'/2 inch in diameter, attached with a brass hook to each valve stem. Stamp on these valves tags in letters, as large as practical, the number of the valve and the service such as indicated on the "Valve List". The numbers on each service shall be consecutive. All valves on tanks and pumps shall be numbered by 3-inch black and white laminated fibre engraved white showing through discs with white numbers 2 inch secured to stem of valves by means of brass hooks or small solid link brass chain. Valve tag list shall be as follows: G = natural gas valve F. The valve numbers shall correspond with numbers indicated for valves and controls on two printed valve lists prepared by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor. These printed lists shall state the numbers and locations of each valve and control and the section, fixture or equipment which it controls, and other necessary information, such as requiring the opening or closing of another valve when one valve is to be opened or closed. G. The valve lists shall be prepared in a form to meet the approval of the Architect and shall be mounted framed under glass at the direction of the Owner. 3.2 TESTING A. General: 1. All labor, materials, instruments, devices and power required for testing shall be provided by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor. The tests shall be performed in the presence and to the satisfaction of the Owner's Representative and such other parties as may have legal Jurisdiction. No piping in any location shall be closed up, furred in, or covered before testing. 2. Where portions of piping systems are to be covered or concealed before completion of the project, those portions shall be tested separately in the manner specified herein for the respective entire system. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 13 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3. Any piping or equipment that has been left unprotected and subject to mechanical or other injury shall be retested in part or in whole as directed. 4. The Architect/Engineer retains the right to request a recheck or resetting of any pump or instrument by this contractor during the guarantee period at no additional cost to the Contract. 5. Repair or replace any defective work with new work without extra charge to the Contract. Repeat tests as directed, until the work is proven to meet the requirements specified herein. 6. Restore to its finished condition any work, damaged or disturbed, provided by other contractors and engage the original contractor to do the work of restoration to the damaged or disturbed work. 7. After the equipment is set and connected, and the piping systems to same have been tested, this Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall turn gas on and coordinate the startup of all equipment to insure proper operation. 8. Caulking of screwed joints or holes in piping will not be acceptable. 9. This Plumbing Sub-Contractor shall notify the any inspectors having jurisdiction, a minimum of 48 hours in advance of making any required tests so that arrangements may be made for their presence to witness his scheduled tests. 10. Natural gas piping systems shall be tested in accordance with the Massachusetts Fuel Gas Code. 3.3 SPECIAL TOOLS 1. Provide any and all special tools, recommended by the manufacturer of items furnished, noted as not being commonly available. 3.4 CERTIFICATES OF APPROVAL A. Upon completion of the work, furnish to the Owner, in duplicate, certificates of inspection and/or approval from state and local Inspection authorities having jurisdiction indicating the installed systems compliance to their requirements. 3.5 QUIET OPERATION A. All work provided under this Section of the Specifications shall operate under conditions of load without sound or vibration which is abnormally objectionable for such equipment in the opinion of the Architect. In case of moving machinery, sound or vibration noticeable outside of the room in which it is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside its own room will be considered objectionable shall be corrected in an approved manner by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor at no change in Contract amount. 3.6 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Piping Installation: 1. Install piping approximately as shown on the drawings and as directed during installation by the Architect/Engineer. 2. Piping shall be installed as straight and direct as possible forming right angles or parallel lines with building walls, other piping and neatly spaced. Rough-ins at lavatories shall be centered at fixture. 3. The horizontal runs of piping, except where concealed in partitions, shall be installed as high as possible. 4. Piping or other apparatus shall not be installed in such a manner so as to interfere with the full swing of the doors and access to other equipment. 5. The arrangement, positions and connections of pipes, fixtures, drains, valves, and the like, indicated on the drawings shall be followed as closely as possible, but the right is reserved by the Architect/Engineer to change locations and elevations to accommodate the work, without additional compensation for such change. PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 14 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 6. Screwed piping of brass or chrome plated brass shall be made up with special care to avoid marring or damaging pipe and fitting exterior and interior surfaces. 7. Small fittings shall be screwed up close to the shoulders of male threads. Lampwick, cord, wool, or any other similar material shall not be used to make up thread joints. 8. Screwed pipe and copper tubing shall be reamed smooth before installation. 9. All exposed piping in connection with fixtures and where exposed on finished walls or to view, shall be chrome plated. Where chrome plated piping is installed, cut and thread pipe so that no un-plated pipe threads are visible when the work is completed. 10. Reducing fittings, unless otherwise approved in special cases, shall be provided in making reduction in size of pipe. Bushings will not be allowed unless specifically approved. 11. Remove and replace with new materials, any copper or brass piping (chrome plated or un-plated) and valves showing visible tool marks. 12. Vertical risers shall be firmly supported by riser clamps, properly installed to relieve all weight from the fittings. 13. Any piece of pipe six inches or less in length shall be considered a nipple. 14. The pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United States of America and in accordance with the Commercial Standards, American National Standards Institute and American Society of Testing Materials. B. Hanger Installation 1. All piping shall be supported from the building structure by means of approved hangers and supports, to maintain proper grading and pitching of lines, to prevent vibration and to secure piping in place, and shall be so arranged as to provide for expansion and contraction. 2. Maximum spacing of hangers on runs of pipe (vertical and horizontal) having no concentration of weight shall be as follows: SCHEDULE 1 MATERIAL Steel Copper I PVC Pipe Size Hanger Spacing in Feet/Pipe (inches) 3.7 .50 3.8 6 3.9 6 3.10 .75 3.11 8 3.12 6 3.13 1.00 3.14 10 3.15 6 3.16 1.25 3.17 10 3.18 10 3.19 1.50 3.20 10 3.21 10 3.22 2.00 3.23 10 3.24 10 3.25 2.50 3.26 10 3.27 10 3.28 3.00 3.29 10 3.30 10 3.31 3.50 3.32 10 3.33 10 PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 15 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SCHEDULE 1 MATERIAL Steel Copper PVC Pipe Size Hanger Spacing in Feet/Pipe (inches) 3.34 4.00 3.35 10 3.36 10 3.37 5.00 3.38 10 3.39 6.00 3.40 10 3.41 8.00 3.42 10 1. Maximum spacing of hangers on soil pipe shall be five feet or at each fitting on straight lengths to maximum of 10 foot and hangers shall be provided at either side of all changes in direction. Vertical Hanger rods to support piping from the structure or supplementary steel shall not exceed four feet in total length vertically, this Contractor shall provide factory fabricated channels and all associated accessories. 2. Friction clamps shall be installed at the base of the plumbing risers and at each floor (above or below floor slabs). Friction clamps installed above floor slabs shall not be supported from or rest on floor sleeves. 3. Provide hangers at a maximum distance of two feet from both sides of all changes in direction (horizontal and vertical), on both sides of concentrated loads (equipment)and at valves. 4. Hangers, in general, for all horizontal piping shall be A Band type hangers for piping up to 4-foot size and Clevis type for piping 5 inch and larger. These hangers shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the pipe insulation protectors (sheet metal shields) specified herein. Gang type hangers may be used for supply piping up to 3-inch size where applicable and in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. 5. All vertical drops and runouts including insulated pipes shall be supported by split ring hangers with extension rods and wall plates or stamped type up to 2-inch size only. 6. Provide on all horizontal insulated lines, pipe covering protectors (shields) at each hanger. Each protector shall be sized to fit the outside diameter of the Pipe insulation. 7. Lock nuts or retaining straps shall be provided with all beam clamps. 8. All supplementary steel including factory fabricated channels and associated accessories, including 12-inch-long sheet metal shields, throughout both suspended and floor mounted shall be provided by this Contractor and shall be subject to the approval of the Architect/Engineer. 9. Hangers shall not pierce the insulation on any insulated pipe except when prior approval is given. 10. Wire, tape or wood fastenings for shims or support of any pipe or tubing shall not be used. 11. Remove all rust from the ferrous hanger equipment (hangers, rods, and bolts) and apply one coat of galvanized paint immediately after erection. 12. Piping at all equipment and each control valve shall be supported to prevent strains or distortions in the connected equipment and control valves. Piping and PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 16 of 17 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA equipment shall be supported to allow for removal of equipment, valves and accessories with a minimum of dismantling and without requiring additional support after these items are removed. 13. All piping shall be independently supported from the building structure and not from the piping, ductwork, conduit or ceiling suspension systems of other systems. 14. Installation of hangers which permit wide lateral motion of any pipe will not be acceptable. 15. All hangers in contact with un-insulated piping shall be compatible with piping material. 16. Seismic hangers and bracing shall comply with local Building Codes. B. Installation of Sleeves, Inserts and Escutcheons 1. Sleeves in floors shall set one (1) inch above the finished floor surface or as indicated on the Architectural Drawings. 2. Sleeves through interior masonry or non masonry walls or partitions shall be set flush with the finished surfaces of the wall or partition. 3. Field drilling for inserts required for work under this section of the specifications shall be provided by the Plumbing Sub-Contractor. 4. Each interior wall or floor sleeve shall be firestopped to provide equivalent fire resistance to floor or wall penetration. Each sleeve penetration thru the slab on grade shall be made gas tight. 5. Escutcheons shall be installed around all exposed insulated or bare pipe, passing through a finished floor, wall or ceiling. Escutcheons shall fit snugly around the bare or insulated pipe. Escutcheons shall be chrome plated cast brass at fixture supplies and traps where exposed. Spun bell type escutcheons in these locations are unacceptable. C. Valve Installation: There shall be valves where indicated on the drawings and where specified as follows: 1. Each piece of equipment shall have isolation valves for each service connected or at inlet and outlet of equipment with single service. 2. Valves shall be located to permit easy operation, replacement or repairs. 3. Provide access panels where valves would otherwise be inaccessible. 3.43 COMMISSIONING A. Plumbing Sub-Contractor and all Sub-Contractors required for the work of this Section shall provide all labor, materials and equipment required to assist with the building commissioning of this project in accordance with the requirements outlined in Division 01. END OF SECTION PLUMBING 22 00 00 - Page 17 of 17 This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 23 00 00 HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 PROVISIONS INCLUDED A. The Conditions of the Contract and Division 01, General Requirements, apply to the work under this Section. B. Attention of the General Contractor and this Subcontractor is drawn to provisions of the Contract Documents regarding the responsibility of all bidders to visit and inspect the site, including the existing building, and to base all bids on conclusions drawn from such inspections. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Examine all Project Specifications and Drawings for requirements which affect work of this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section. B. Coordinate work with that of all other trades affecting or affected by work of this Section. Cooperate with such trades to assure the steady progress of all work under Contract. C. When open-flame or spark producing tools such as blower torches, welding equipment, etc., are required in the process of executing the work, the General Contractor shall be notified not less than 24 hours in advance of the time that the work is to begin and the location where the work is to be performed. Provide, where necessary, fire protective covering and maintain a constant non-working fire watch where work is being performed and until completed. D. The following definitions apply to the Drawings and Specifications 1. Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations." 2. Install: The term "install" is used to describe operations at project site including actual "unloading, unpacking, rigging in place, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations." 3. Provide: The term "provide" means to "furnish and install, complete and ready for intended use." 4. Installer: An "installer" is the sub-contractor or an entity engaged by the sub- contractor, either as an employee, or sub-subcontractor for a performance of a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. 5. Sub-Contractor: The term "Sub-Contractor" shall mean HVAC Sub-Contractor. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide complete heating, ventilating and air conditioning system and general contracting work, as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. B. Furnish all labor and materials to perform demolition work as shown on the Drawings, as required for the installation of new work, and as specified hereinafter. C. Provide any other component or related system (whether or not listed) which is part of the overall design and basic equipment and deemed necessary for its completion, thoroughness and readiness for operation in perfect condition. D. Furnish, set up and maintain all derricks, hoisting machinery, scaffolds, staging and planking as required for the work. E. Supply the service of an experienced and competent supervisor who shall be in charge of the HVAC Sub-Contractor's work at the site. F. The HVAC Sub-Contractor shall be held responsible for subletting any work shown or specified herein, but not classified as HVAC work in order to avoid any jurisdictional disputes and work stoppage arising therefrom. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 1 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA G. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished as a part of the HVAC work shall conform to applicable requirements under SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL. H. All work shall be coordinated with the Construction Schedule. 1.4 FILED SUB-BIDS A. HVAC is stipulated as a Filed Sub-Bid under Part D, Item 2 of the Form for General Bid. B. All sub-bids shall be submitted on the Form for Sub-Bid furnished by the Awarding Authority, as required by section 44A-F of Chapter 149 of the Massachusetts General Laws, as amended. C. Sub-bids must be filed with the Awarding Authority in a sealed envelope, before twelve o'clock (noon), local time, on the date stipulated in the Advertisement. D. Specific information relating to the sub-bidders is set forth in the Contract Documents, under the heading "Notice To All Bidders, Including Sub-Bidders" and the attention of sub-bidders is directed thereto. The Work of this Filed Sub-Bid is shown on all HVAC drawings. E. SUB-SUBS 1. Sub-sub bids are required for the following subcategories of this section Classes of Work Reference Specification Paragraphs Sheet Metal 23 00 00 2.3 Insulation 23 00 00 2.6 Air Balancing 23 00 00 3.9 2. Sub-bidders shall include the appropriate information for listed sub-categories in Paragraph E of the Form for Sub-bid. 3. If the sub-sub portion of the Work is to be done by the Sub-bidder's personnel the sub- bidder should list its name and trade, and leave the dollar amount blank. 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS A. Installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with Massachusetts Department of Public Safety Codes, Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, Massachusetts State Building Code and Town of Watertown Regulations having jurisdiction. B. All pressure vessels shall conform to A.S.M.E. and Massachusetts codes and regulations. C. All work, where applicable, shall conform to NFPA codes and all material shall be U.L. approved. D. All electrical apparatus furnished under this section shall be approved by the U.L. and shall be so labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom-built equipment is specified and the U.L. label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by U.L. where such is applicable to the component. E. Give notices, file plans, obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and obtain necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver certificates of inspection to Engineer. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by Engineer, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work conforming to requirements, satisfactory to Engineer, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before due inspection and approval, the installing contractors shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to DIVISION 01 of the Specifications for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section. 1.7 CLEANING A. During the progress of the heating work, clean up and remove all oil, grease and other debris. At completion, clean all equipment, piping and duct systems and leave all work in perfect operating condition. 1.8 COORDINATION AND RESPONSIBILITY HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 2 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA A. The structure and its appurtenances, clearances and the related services, such as plumbing, heating, ventilation and electric service have been planned to be legal, adequate and suitable for the installation of equipment specified under this section. The Owner will not assume any increase in cost caused by differing requirements peculiar to a particular make or type of equipment, and any incidental cost shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location of his required sleeves, chases, inserts, etc., and see that they are set in the forms before the concrete is poured. The Contractor shall be responsible for the work and equipment furnished and installed until the completion and final acceptance of this contract, and shall replace any work which may be damaged, lost or stolen, without additional cost to the Owner. B. All work provided under this Section of the Specification shall be installed so that parts requiring periodic inspection, operation, maintenance, and repair are readily accessible. Minor deviations from the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but changes of substantial magnitude shall not be made prior to written approval from the Engineer. 1.9 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS, WORK, AND GROUNDS A. Materials, fixtures and equipment shall be properly protected and all pipe and duct openings shall be temporarily closed so as to prevent obstruction and damage. B. Protect and preserve all materials, supplies and equipment of every description and all work performed. Protect all existing equipment and property of any kind from damage during the operations. Damage shall be repaired or replaced promptly by the Contractor at his expense. 1.10 DRAWINGS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice-versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by the Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Engineer before being installed. The Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Engineer before proceeding with the installation. The Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Size of ducts and pipes and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid being unsightly. D. All measurements shall be taken at the building by the Contractor, prior to purchasing and installing the equipment and piping. 1.11 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Provide six (6)sets of shop drawings for the following in accordance with Division 01: 1. Makeup Air Unit 2. Utility Fan 3. Ductwork Accessories 4. Sheet Metal 5. Air Outlets 6. Supports 7. Insulation, each type 8. Automatic Temperature Controls components complete with wiring diagrams 9. Sequence of Controls HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 3 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS A. Submit two (2) copies of operation and maintenance data complete with at least the following: 1. Table of Contents: 2. Introduction: a. Explanation of manual and its use b. Description of all systems 3. Plant Operation: a. Operating instructions for all Heating apparatus. 4. Maintenance a. Maintenance and lubricating chart: Furnish three sets of charts indicating equipment tag number, location of equipment, equipment service, greasing and lubricating requirements, lubricants and intervals of lubrication. b. Recommended list of spare parts: Furnish two typed sets of instructions for ordering spare parts with sectional views of the fittings or equipment showing parts numbered or labeled to facilitate ordering replacements, including a list with itemized prices of those parts recommended to be kept on hand as spares, as well as the name and address of where they may be obtained. 5. Manufacturer's Literature: a. Makeup Air Unit b. Utility Fan C. Automatic Temperature Controls 1.13 UNDERWRITERS' LABEL AND LISTING A. All electrical apparatus furnished under this Section shall be approved by the UL and shall be labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom-built equipment is specified and the UL label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by UL where such is applicable to the component. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section and subsections shall be performed by the Contractor. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. The Contractor shall form all chases or openings for the installation of his own or any other Contractor's or Subcontractor's work, or shall cut the same in existing work and shall see that all sleeves or forms are in the work and properly set in ample time to prevent delays. He shall see that all such chases, openings, and sleeves are located accurately and are of the proper size and shape and shall consult with the Engineer and the Contractors or subcontractors concerned in reference to this work. In so doing, he shall confine the cutting to the smallest extent possible consistent with the work to be done. In no case shall piers or structural members be cut without the approval of the Engineer. D. The Contractor shall carefully fit around, close up, repair, patch, and point around the work specified herein to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer. E. The Contractor shall fill and patch all openings or holes left in the existing structures by the removal of existing equipment by himself, his subcontractors or other filed subcontractors. F. All of this work shall be carefully done by workmen competent to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. G. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the contractor responsible therefore. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. The Contractor shall guarantee, in writing, all work and all materials provided under this Section 23 00 00, in accordance with the provisions of the printed form of Contract and the General Conditions. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 4 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.16 ELECTRICAL A. All electrical apparatus and controls furnished as a part of this Section shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 26- ELECTRICAL. B. All motors furnished under this Section shall be furnished by the manufacturer of the equipment served, shall be premium efficiency type for inverter duty and shall be mounted and aligned so as to run free and true. Each motor shall be built to conform to the latest applicable NEMA, ANSI and IEEE standards for the type and duty of service it is to perform. C. Each motor shall be designed to operate on 60 Hz, and each shall be expressly wound for the voltage specified. Each motor shall operate satisfactorily at rated load and frequency with a voltage variation no greater than plus or minus 10% of voltage specified. Dual voltage 208/220 motors will not be accepted. D. All motors shall be provided with adequate starting and protective equipment as specified, and each shall have a terminal box of adequate size to accommodate the required conduit and wires. E. Motor controllers shall be equipped with all poles, auxiliary contacts and other devices necessary to permit the interlocking and control sequences required. Controller operating coils shall be generally designed for 120 volt operation, and 3 phase motors shall be provided with thermal overload protection in all phases. F. The Contractor shall furnish all magnetic starters for each and every motor furnished under this section of the specification, except where otherwise indicated. All starters for motors over 10 HP shall be solid state with reduced inrush design. The maximum allowable inrush shall be 2.5 times running load amperage. All starters for fractional HP motors shall be provided with manufacturer's standard motor starter. G. The Contractor shall furnish and install all low voltage and/or line voltage control wiring for the boiler/burner units. All wiring shall be preformed by a licensed electrician. 1.17 VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Before commencing any work under this section, verify all governing dimensions and examine all adjoining work on which this work is in any way associated or connected. Failure to visit the jobsite will in no way relieve the Contractor from installing the work according to the intent of these specifications and at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Each bidder shall visit the site and inspect conditions affecting the proposed work. Failure to do so and misinterpretation of the Plans and Specifications resulting therefrom shall be entirely the responsibility of the bidder. C. Each bidder shall make note of the existing conditions affecting hauling, rigging, transportation, installation, etc., in connection with his work and shall make all provisions for transportation of all materials and equipment. D. Where field conditions require, the Contractor shall arrange for equipment to be shipped to the job, dismantled and assembled in place. E. Remove walls, window assemblies/glass and floor structures where necessary to install and remove equipment as shown. The Contractor shall reinstall such displaced structures to their original condition. 1.18 CONCRETE WORK A. All masonry and concrete pads for all trades and sub-trades shall be provided by the General Contractor. 1.19 STANDARDS A. The latest published issue of the standards, recommendations, or requirements of the following listed societies, associations, or institutes in effect at the date of Contract are part of this Specification. These shall be considered as minimum requirements; specific requirements of this specification and/or associated drawings shall have precedence. In case of conflict between published requirements, the Owner's representative shall determine which is to be followed. 1. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association 2. ANSI American National Standards Institute HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 5 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3. ASHRAE American Society for Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers 4. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 5. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 6. FIA Factory Insurance Association 7. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 8. MCAA Mechanical Contractors Association of America 9. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 10. NFPA National Fire Protection Association 11. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association 12. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 13. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act 14. NEC National Electric Code 1.20 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions permit and must be installed promptly when and as desired. B. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Engineer for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Engineer's satisfaction, at no expense to the Owner. C. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section will interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. If so directed, prepare and submit for approval 3/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how this work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so as to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. 1.21 WORKING CONDITIONS AND SAFETY A. Whereas the building may be occupied during the construction period, it is of utmost importance that the occupant's safety and the building's normal process be maintained. The Contractor shall not disrupt the normal operations of the building and shall be required to cease work during occupied hours if, in the opinion of the Owner, the work creates a disruption to the building's occupants. The Contractor will then be required to perform such disruptive work during non-occupied hours. 1.22 SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS A. For each seismic restraint, provide certified calculations to verify adequacy to meet the following design requirements: 1. Ability to accommodate relative seismic displacements of supported item between points of support. 2. Ability to accommodate the required seismic forces. B. For each respective set of anchor bolts provide calculations to verify adequacy to meet combined seismic-induced sheer and tension forces. C. For each weldment between structure and item subject to seismic force, provide calculations to verify adequacy. D. Calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer who is registered in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has specific experience in seismic calculations. E. Restraints shall maintain the restrained item in a captive position without short circuiting the vibration isolation. F. Provide seismic restraints for all piping, ductwork and equipment in accordance with the requirements of the Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR, latest edition, and referenced requirements of BOCA and NFPA. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 6 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.23 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Final acceptance of Ownership of the Heating system installed within this scope of work shall be contingent on passing a satisfactory system pressure test, mechanical performance test and cooling and heating function test to determine that the system will perform according to the contract requirements. The above tests shall be witnessed by the Engineer, the Commissioning Agent and the Owner; acceptance will only be granted in writing by the Owner after receipt of certification from the Engineer and Commissioning Agent that the design criteria have been met. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MAKEUP AIR UNIT A. Approved Manufacturers 1. Daikin 2. Innovent 3. Engineered Air 4. Energy Labs B. General Description 1. Each unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application and include a weatherproof cabinet. Units shall be of a modular design with factory installed access sections available to provide maximum design flexibility. 2. Furnish unit configuration, layout, performance, and electrical characteristics as shown on project plans and schedule. 3. The unit shall undergo a complete factory run test prior to shipment. The factory test shall include final test of all fan assemblies, a refrigeration circuit runtest, a unit control system operations checkout, a unit refrigerant leak test, and a final unit inspection 4. The complete unit shall be ETL listed. 5. Unit shall be completely factory assembled and shipped in one piece. 6. Unit to be shipped fully charged with R410A. 7. All units shall have decals and tags to indicate caution areas and aid unit service. Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door. Electrical wiring diagrams shall be attached to the control panels. Installation, operating and maintenance bulletins and start-up forms shall be supplied with each unit. 8. Submittals must demonstrate that scheduled unit leaving air temperature (LAT) is met, that fan and motor heat temperature rise JR) have been considered and scheduled entering air temperature (EAT) equals mixed air temperature (MAT). Draw-thru cooling - Scheduled EAT equals cooling coil EAT and scheduled unit LAT equals cooling coil LAT plus TR. C. Cabinet 1. Unit construction for all walls, doors, ceiling and floor shall be double wall with a solid galvanized steel liner with a thermal break integral to the panel construction that provides a cleanable interior, prevents conductive heat transfer through the panel, and prevents exterior condensation on the panel. 2. Unit construction for all walls, doors, ceiling and floor shall be double wall with a solid stainless steel liner with a thermal break integral to the panel construction that provides a cleanable interior, prevents conductive heat transfer through the panel and prevents exterior condensation on the panel. 3. Foam Insulation shall provide a minimum thermal resistance R-value of 13.0. 4. Unit construction shall be designed to operate at total static pressures up to 8.0 inches w.g. 5. Provide quality unit construction with performance tested in accordance with ASHRAE Std 111 — cabinet air leakage shall not exceed leak class 6 (CL = 6), at +/- 6 in. w.c. casing pressure, where maximum cabinet leakage (cfm/100 ?ft?12 of casing surface area) = CL x P10.65. 6. Provide quality unit construction with air leakage less than 0.5% of design airflow up to 5 in. w.c.. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 7 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 7. Exterior surfaces shall be constructed of painted galvanized steel, for aesthetics and long-term durability. Paint finish will include a base primer with a high-quality polyester resin topcoat. Finished, unabraded panel surfaces shall be exposed to an ASTM B117 salt spray environment and exhibit no visible red rust at a minimum of 3,000 hours exposure. Finished, abraded surfaces shall be tested per ASTM D1654, having a mean scribe creepage not exceeding 1/16" at 1,000 hours minimum exposure to an ASTM B117 salt spray environment. Measurements of results shall be quantified using ASTM D1654 in conjunction with ASTM D610 and ASTM D714 to evaluate blister and rust ratings 8. Access shall be provided to filters, dampers, cooling coils, fan sections, compressors, and electrical and controls components. 9. Access doors shall be provided for each critical maintenance section to provide user easy access to components. All access doors shall be mounted on full-length stainless-steel piano hinges and shall be secured by linkage and latch system that is operated by a single handle. The latch system shall feature a staggered engagement for ease of operation and a safety catch shall protect the user from injury in case a positive pressure door is opened while the fan is operating. Doors secured by multiple, mechanical fasteners are not acceptable. 10. The unit base frame shall be constructed of 13-gauge pre-painted steel to prevent base rail corrosion. 11. The unit base shall overhang the roof curb for positive water runoff and shall have a formed recess that seats on the roof curb gasket to provide a positive, weathertight seal. Lifting brackets shall be provided on the unit base with lifting holes to accept cable or chain hooks. D. Acoustics 1. Equipment sound performance shall meet the scheduled discharge and return sound power 2. Discharge Plenum sections shall be lined with a perforated acoustic liner to enhance sound attenuation. 3. Discharge and Return Plenum sections shall be lined with a perforated acoustic liner to enhance sound attenuation. E. Fans 1. All Supply Fans shall be DUAL Fans and shall be configured in an array with a minimum number of 2 fans specified in the schedule for each unit. 2. Redundancy a. Size all fans for N-1 per the schedule b. Each supply, exhaust, and return fan motor shall have an independent integral inverter or a dedicated variable frequency drive per motor for redundancy. 3. All Fans shall be dynamically balanced as an assembly in planes as per DIN / ISO 21940 to balancing grade G 6.3 or better or provide 2" Spring isolation for each fan. 4. All fans shall be provided with totally enclosed maintenance-free ball bearings and permanent lubrication. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum life more than 350,000 hrs (L50) at selected operating point. a. The fan motor shall be a totally enclosed electrically commutated motor that is speed controlled by the rooftop unit controller. The motor shall include thermal overload protection and protect the motor in the case of excessive motor temperatures. The motor shall have phase failure protection and prevent the motor from operation in the event of a loss of phase. Motors shall be premium efficiency. F. Electrical 1. Unit wiring shall comply with NEC requirements and with all applicable UL standards. All electrical components shall be UL recognized where applicable. All wiring and electrical components provided with unit shall be number and color coded and labeled according to the electrical diagram provided for easy identification. 2. The unit shall be provided with a factory wired weatherproof control panel. Unit shall have a power terminal block for main power connection. A terminal board shall be HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 8 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA provided for low voltage control wiring. Branch circuit short circuit protection, 115 volt control circuit transformer and fuse, system switches, and a high temperature sensor. Each compressor and condenser fan motor shall be furnished with contactors and inherent thermal overload protection. Supply and return fan motors shall have contactors and external overload protection. Knockouts shall be provided in the of the main control panels for field wiring entrance 3. All 115-600 volt internal and external wiring between control boxes and components shall be protected from damage by dedicated electrical raceways. 4. The receptacle shall be powered by a field supplied 115V source. 5. Single non-fused disconnect switch shall be provided for connecting electrical power at the unit. Disconnect switches shall be mounted internal to the control panel and operated by an externally mounted handle. 6. Unit SCCR Rating to be 10 kAIC minimum. 7. Unit shall be provided with phase, voltage and brown out protection which shuts down all motors in the unit if the electrical phases are more than 10% out of balance on voltage or on phase reversa. 8. Unit shall be provided with a safety shutdown terminal for installation of field emergency input 9. All electrical options shall have a +/- 10 percent voltage utilization range to protect against voltage variation. G. Safety Options 1. Unit shall be provided with a safety shutdown terminal for installation of field emergency input H. Cooling Coil 1. The cooling coil section shall be installed in a a draw through configuration, upstream of the supply air fan. The coil section shall be complete with factory piped cooling coil and sloped drain pan. 2. Direct expansion (DX) cooling coils shall be fabricated of seamless 1/2" diameter high efficiency copper tubing that is mechanically expanded into high efficiency aluminum plate fins. Coils shall be a multi-row, staggered tube design with a minimum of 4 rows. All units shall have two independent refrigerant circuits and shall use an interlaced coil circuiting that keeps the full coil face active at all load conditions. 3. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with a thermostatic expansion valve for control refrigerant flow control. 4. The refrigerant suction lines shall be fully insulated from the expansion valves to the compressors 5. The distributor tubes shall be sleeved or coated to provide longevity and protection from leaks. 6. All coils shall be factory leak tested with high pressure air under water. 7. The drain pan shall be stainless steel and designed to comply with ASHRAE- 62.1 double sloped requirements drain pan shall be provided with the cooling coil. The drain pan shall extend beyond the leaving side of the coil and underneath the cooling coil connections. The drain pan shall have a minimum slope of 1/8" per foot to provide positive draining. The drain pan shall be connected to a threaded drain connection extending through the unit base. Units with stacked cooling coils shall be provided with a secondary drain pan piped to the primary drain pan. 8. Insulation under the drain pan should be a closed cell structure to prevent moisture from wicking under the drain pan. Fiberglass is not allowed. I. Gas Heat 1. The gas furnace design shall be factory installed downstream of the supply air fan in the heat section. 2. The heat exchanger shall include a 439 grade Stainless steel. Aluminized steel heat exchangers are not acceptable. The heat exchanger design shall collect condensate in a collection point and have a condensate drain. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 9 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3. The furnace will be supplied with a modulating induced draft burner. The burner shall be controlled for low fire start. The burner shall be capable of continuous modulation between 5% and 100% (20:1 control) of rated capacity. 4. The burner shall be specifically designed to burn natural gas and shall include a micro- processor-based flame safeguard control, combustion air proving switch, pre-purge timer and spark ignition. Status and alarm codes are available at the unit controller via a network connection and are available for BAS integration. 5. Provide with a 15 year gas heat exchanger warranty J. Draw Through Filters 1. All units shall be provided with clogged filter switches and alarm enunciation 2. All units shall be provided with a through the wall magnehelic filter gauge that displays filter loading. 3. Unit shall be provided with a draw-through filter section. K. Outdoor/ Return Air Section 1. Unit shall be provided with a Metal Mesh pre-filter in the outdoor air hood/section to prefilter large particulate to prevent early filter clogging. 2. Unit shall be provided with a 100% Outside Air damper. The outdoor air hood shall be factory installed and constructed from galvanized steel finished with the same durable paint finish as the main unit. The hood shall include moisture eliminator filters to drain water away from the entering air stream. The outside and return air dampers shall be sized to handle 100% of the supply air volume. The dampers shall be parallel blade design. Damper blades shall be gasketed with side seals to provide an air leakage rate of 1.5 cfm /square foot of damper area at 1" differential pressure in according with testing defined in AMCA 500. Control of the dampers shall be by a factory installed direct coupled actuator. L. Discharge And Return Plenum Option 1. A supply air discharge plenum shall be provided. The plenum section connection shall have a bottom, right, left, or top discharge opening consult the schedule and drawings for the final orientation. 2. M. Condensing Section 1. Lead Compressor must an Inverter driven scroll compressor. Digital compressor is not acceptable. 2. All Units shall provide the Energy Efficiency specified EER and IEER per the schedule equipment or higher. 3. Condenser fans shall be direct drive, axial type designed for low tip speed and vertical air discharge. Fan blades shall be constructed of steel and riveted to a steel center hub. Condenser fan motors shall be heavy-duty, inherently protected, three-phase, non-reversing type with permanently lubricated ball bearing and integral rain shield. 4. Condenser coils shall be an all aluminum design, and mounted on polymer brackets, to minimize di-electric corrosion. The aluminum tube shall be a micro channel design with high efficiency aluminum fins. Fins shall be brazed to the tubing for a direct bond. Each condenser coil shall be factory leak tested with high-pressure air under water. 5. Head Pressure Control 6. Each unit shall have a variable speed scroll compressor on the lead refrigeration circuit. Each compressor shall be complete with gauge ports, crankcase heater, sight- glass, anti-slug protection, motor overload protection and a time delay to prevent short cycling and simultaneous starting of compressors following a power failure. Compressors shall be isolated with resilient rubber isolators to decrease noise transmission 7. Each unit shall have two independent refrigeration circuits for redundancy. Each circuit shall be complete with a low pressure control, filter-drier, liquid moisture indicator/sight-glass, thermal expansion valve, and a manual reset high pressure safety switch. The thermal expansion valve shall be capable of modulation from 100% to 25% of its rated capacity. Sight-glasses shall be accessible for viewing without HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 10 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA disrupting unit operation. Each circuit shall be dehydrated and factory charged with Refrigerant 410A and oil. 8. Each unit shall have at least 4 compressor stages of cooling capacity control for better part load control as required by ASHRAE 90.1-2013. N. Controls 1. Each unit shall be equipped with a complete MicroTech® microprocessor based control system. The unit control system shall include all required temperature and pressure sensors, input/output boards, main microprocessor and operator interface. All boards shall be individually replaceable for ease of service. All microprocessors, boards, and sensors shall be factory mounted, wired and tested. 2. The microprocessor shall be a stand-alone DDC controller not dependent on communications with any on-site or remote PC or master control panel. The microprocessor shall maintain existing set points and operate standalone if the unit loses either direct connect or network communications. The microprocessor memory shall be protected from voltage fluctuations as well as any extended power failures. All factory and user set schedules and control points shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory. No settings shall be lost, even during extended power shutdowns. 3. The main microprocessor shall support an RS-232 direct connection to a product service tool or a modem. A communications module shall be provided for direct communication into the BAS network. 4. All digital inputs and outputs shall be protected against damage from transients or wrong voltages. Each digital input and digital output shall be equipped with an LED for ease of service. All field wiring shall be terminated at a separate, clearly marked terminal strip. 5. The microprocessor shall have a built-in time schedule. The schedule shall be programmable from the unit keypad interface. The schedule shall be maintained in nonvolatile memory to ensure that it is not lost during a power failure. There shall be one start/stop per day and a separate holiday schedule. The controller shall accept up to sixteen holidays each with up to a 5-day duration. Each unit shall also have the ability to accept a time schedule via BAS network communications. 6. If the unit is to be programmed with a night setback or setup function, an optional space sensor shall be provided. Space sensors shall be available to support field selectable features. Sensor options shall include Zone sensor with tenant override switch, or Zone sensor with tenant override switch and heating/cooling set point adjustment. O. Warranty 1. The manufacturer shall provide 12-month parts only warranty. Defective parts will be repaired or replaced during the warranty period at no charge. The warranty period shall commence at start up, or 6 months after shipment, whichever occurs first. 2.2 FAN A. Manufacturers: Greenheck, Twin City, Cook, or approved equal. B. Certification: per AMCA for sound and capacity. C. Centrifugal Utility Fan: 1. General Description: a. Fans selected shall be capable of accommodating static pressure and flow variations of+/-15% of scheduled values. b. Each fan shall be belt in AMCA arrangement 10 according to drawings. C. Fans are to be equipped with lifting lugs. d. After fabrication, all carbon steel components shall be cleaned and chemically treated by a phosphatizing process to insure proper removal of grease, oil, scale, etc. Fan shall then be coated with a minimum of 2-4 mils of Permatector, electrostatically applied and baked. Finish color shall be Concrete Gray-RAL 7023. Coating must exceed 1,000-hour salt spray under ASTM B117 test method. 2. Wheel HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 11 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA a. The fan wheel shall be of the non-overloading single width backward inclined centrifugal type. Wheels shall be statically and dynamically balanced to balance grade G6.3 per ANSI S2.19. b. Fan wheel shall be manufactured of single thickness blades securely riveted to a heavy gauge back plate and wheel cone. Constructed of Steel material. C. The wheel and fan inlet shall be carefully matched and shall have precise running tolerances for maximum performance and operating efficiency. 3. Motors: a. AC Induction Motor 1) Motor Enclosure: open drip proof (ODP) - opening in the frame body and or end brackets 2) Motors shall meet or exceed EISA (Energy Independence and Security Act) efficiencies. Motors to be NEMA T-frame, 1800 or 3600 RPM, with a 1.15 service factor. 3) Accessible for maintenance 4. Shaft and Bearings: a. Fan shaft to be Polished Steel that is sized so the first critical speed is at least 25% over the maximum operating speed for each pressure class. b. Fan shaft bearings shall be Air Handling Quality, bearings shall be heavy-duty grease lubricated, self-aligning or roller pillow block type. C. Bearings shall be selected for a basic rating fatigue life (L-10) of 80,000 hours at maximum operating speed for each pressure class {Average Life or(L-50) of 400,000 hours). d. Air Handling Quality bearings to be designed with low swivel torque to allow the outer race of the bearing to pivot or swivel within the cast pillow block. Bearings shall be 100% tested for noise and vibration by the manufacturer. Bearings shall be 100% tested to insure the inner race diameter is within tolerance to prevent vibration. e. Bearings shall have Zerk fittings to allow for lubrication. f. 5. Isolation Type: None 6. Drive Assembly: a. Drive belts and sheaves shall be sized for 150% of the fan operating brake horsepower, and shall be readily and easily accessible for service, if required. b. Belts: Static free and oil resistant C. Fully machined cast iron type, keyed and securely attached to the wheel and motor shafts d. The motor pulley shall be adjustable for final system balancing 7. Fan Housing and Outlet: a. Fan Construction: Steel b. Fan housing is to be aerodynamically designed with high-efficiency inlet, engineered to reduce incoming air turbulence. C. Fan shall be of airtight PermaLockTM construction with the scroll panel material formed and embedded into the side panels. All interior and exterior surface steel shall be coated with a minimum of 2-4 mils of Permatector, electrostatically applied and baked. Finish color shall be Concrete Gray-RAL 7023. No uncoated metal fan parts will be allowed. d. Housing and bearing support shall be constructed of welded structural steel members to prevent vibration and rigidly support the shaft and bearings. e. An OSHA compliant belt guard shall be included to completely cover the motor pulley and belt(s). 8. Options/Accessories: a. Disconnect Switches: 1) NEMA rated: NEMA 3R: outdoor application falling rain water. 2) Positive electrical shut-off HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 12 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 3) Wired from fan motor to junction box installed within motor compartment b. Access Door: 1) Bolted access door provides access for cleaning or inspection. C. Inlet Connection: Slip Fit d. Outlet Connection: Slip Fit e. Finishes: 1) Coated with Permatector, Fan and Attached Accessories. f. UL Listings: UL705 2.3 SHEET METAL A. Furnish all sheet metal work and accessories specified herein. B. References to "Duct Manual" herein refer to the First Edition- 1995 - HVAC Duct Construction Standards as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor National Association, Inc. C. All ducts shall be of galvanized steel construction. Ducts shall be properly stiffened to prevent drumming when the fans are in operation. D. All galvanized duct thicknesses shall be in accordance with the latest edition of SMACNA E. Seal all low pressure duct joints (Class B) with sealant as manufactured by Minnesota Mining Company, Foster, General Electric, or approved equal. Excess sealant must be removed immediately to provide a neat appearance. F. All low pressure ducts shall be fabricated for 2 inches water gauge pressure. G. All ducts shall be constructed in accordance with Table 1 and Figure 1-5 through 1-13 of the Duct Manual. H. Duct joints shall be constructed in accordance with Fig. 1-4 of the Duct Manual. I. Duct seams shall be constructed in accordance with Fig. 1-5 of the Duct Manual. J. Duct reinforcement shall be per Table 1-18, Figures 1-9, 1-10 and 1-11 of the Duct Manual. K. Fittings and special installations shall be constructed in accordance with Figure 2-1 through 2- 10 of the Duct Manual. L. Register and grille connections shall be in accordance with Figure 2-16 of the Duct Manual. M. Flexible connections shall be 4" wide connections, in accordance with Fig. 2-19 of the Duct Manual, constructed of Ventglass heavy glass fabric double coated with neoprene and shall be as manufactured by Vent Fabrics, Inc. Flexible connections shall meet the requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Exterior flexible connection shall be weathertight. N. Hangers and supporting systems shall be in accordance with Figure 4-1 through 4-8 and Tables 4-1 through 4-3 of the Duct Manual. 2.4 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES A. Manual Volume Dampers 1. Manual volume dampers shall be provided where shown on the Drawings at every branch take off from the main duct, and elsewhere as required by the Balancing Contractor, and shall be single or multiple blade type with sleeve bearings, galvanized steel interlocking blades and a galvanized steel frame. In ducts over 15 inch deep provide multiple opposed blade type, gang operated dampers with a maximum blade width of 8 inch. Damper blades shall be fabricated of 16 gauge steel with hemmed edges, and a maximum length of 48 inch. Damper operating rod shall be full blade length extended through the duct to externally mounted bearing plates. On insulated ductwork, bearing plates shall be installed flush with insulation finish and fastened to the duct. Operating lever shall be of the indicating type with locking quadrant. 2. All volume dampers located above inaccessible ceilings shall be provided with lite wire damper operators sized to adjust damper from air outlet face. B. Volume Extractors 1. Shall be manufactured by the drum louver or supply air register manufacturer of all aluminum construction. Position adjustment operator shall be key-operated screw with access through face of register. Extractor blades shall be spaced 1 inch on center. C. Motorized/Control Dampers HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 13 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1. Dampers shall be single or multiple blade as required and/or shown on the drawings. 2. Damper frames shall be constructed of 13 gauge galvanized sheet metal and shall have flanges for duct mounting. Dampers installed in stainless steel and aluminum duct work shall be constructed of type 316L stainless steel (frame and blades). 3. Damper blades shall not exceed six (6) inches in width. All blades shall be of corrugated type construction, fabricated from two (2) sheets of 22 gauge galvanized sheet steel, spot welded together, blades shall be suitable for high velocity performance. Damper leakage shall be 2% or less at 5 inches W.C. 4. All damper bearings shall be made of nylon. Bushings that turn in the bearings shall be oil impregnated sintered metal. 5. Leakage and flow characteristic charts must be submitted to the Engineer prior to installation. D. Blankoff Plates 1. Any blankoff plates or conversions required for mounting control dampers or coils shall be the responsibility of the Sheet Metal contractor. E. Insulated Metal Panels 1. Provide 18 gauge, insulated double wall sandwich construction, 1'/2 inch thick where called for on the Drawings and for blanking off unused portions of wall louvers. F. Flexible duct shall not exceed 5 feet in total length and shall have a minimum insulating value of R-8. Flexible duct installed in attic spaces shall have a minimum insulating value of R-8. G. Access Doors 1. In ductwork up to 2 inch pressure class. a. Frame: 24 gauge galvanized steel with seal. b. Door: hinged, with 24 gauge galvanized steel exterior and interior panels. C. Locks: doors 16 inch and under, one lock doors over 16 inch, two locks. d. Seals: foam gasket. 2.5 AIR OUTLETS A. Titus, Nailor, Metal-Aire, or approved equal. All air outlet finishes and color shall be as selected by the Architect and/or Engineer. B. Ceiling diffusers (SD): Make, model, sizes and capacities shall be as scheduled on the contract drawings. Provide opposed blade dampers for air balancing. C. Exhaust-Air Registers (ER): Make, model, sizes and capacities shall be as scheduled on the contract drawings. Provide opposed blade dampers for air balancing. D. Provide diffuser frame type (lay-in, surface mount, snap-in or spline)to match ceiling type. 2.6 INSULATION A. Furnish all insulation required for the air-conditioning system, including: 1. Duct insulation for: a. All supply, return and fresh air ductwork. b. Exhaust ductwork in unheated spaces. B. Insulation shall be Owens-Corning, Knauf, Certainteed, or approved equal. C. Duct Insulation, Interior: Insulate the ductwork with 2" thick, 3/4 lb. density fiberglass duct insulation, ASTM C533, maximum service temperature 4500 F, with factory applied flame retardant PSK facing (UL labeled). D. Fiberglass Insulation 1. Fiberglass shall meet ASTMC 335 for thermal efficiency. E. Ends of insulation shall be sealed with material as recommended by the manufacturer. F. A complete moisture and vapor seal shall be provided wherever insulation terminates against metal hangers, anchors and other projections through insulation on cold surfaces. G. Fire Hazard Rating: Insulation materials, coatings and other accessories shall individually have a fire hazard rating not to exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for fuel contributed and smoke developed. Ratings shall be determined by U.L. "Test Method for Fire Hazard Classification of Building Materials", No. 823 or NFPA No. 225 or ASTM E84. H. Identification: Furnish and apply piping identification to all piping, showing direction of flow approximately 30'- 0" O.C. on bottom, side or top of all pipes. Furnish and apply name or HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 14 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA classification of service adjacent to each arrow. Piping identification shall be plastic cloth pipe markers. 2.7 VIBRATION ISOLATION A. Manufacturers: 1. ABB 2. Yaskawa 3. Hitachi 4. Approved Equal B. General 1. All vibration isolators shall be the product of a single approved manufacturer. 2. Model numbers hereinafter specified are from Mason Industries. Other equivalent units by Consolidated Kinetics, Vibration Mountings and Controls or approved equal are acceptable. C. All vibration isolators for mechanical equipment hung in ceiling shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution of the equipment to be served so as to produce a uniform deflection. Deflections shall be as hereinbefore specified. D. Submittals shall include all spring deflections, spring diameters, scale drawings, attachment details, and rated capacity indicating adequacy for each piece of equipment served. 2.8 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL A. The new HVAC systems shall be connected to the existing Delta Controls building management system. B. Furnish and install all control components for a new Direct Digital of automatic temperature controls for each new sequence of operation as indicated. This direct digital system of automatic temperature control shall be complete in all respects including all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary and shall be installed by personnel employed by the ATC Contractor. All new controls shall be web access platform through interconnection with the building IT; the contractor shall be provided with an IP address by the building IT and interconnect through communication cable to location designated by the town 1. Direct Digital automatic temperature and energy monitoring and control (DDC) system using field programmable micro-processor-based units (Application Specific Controllers or ASC's). 2. All control equipment to be fully proportioning, and the latest state of the art in manufacture and design. 3. The control to be installed by competent control mechanics and electricians under the supervision of the manufacturer of the control equipment. All control equipment to be the product of one (1) manufacturer and all ATC components to be capable of interfacing with the HVAC equipment. The factory trained control contractor must maintain adequate staff and offer standard services to fully support the Owner in the timely maintenance, repair, and operation of the control system. Contractors who do not maintain such staff and offer services or who must develop same for this project are not acceptable. Bids from franchised dealers as well as wholesale, distributor or representative type ATC contractors, or others whose principal business is not manufacture, installation and service of temperature control systems will not be acceptable. 4. The Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) Contractor. Contractor shall have a large support, technical and engineering staff on call 24 hours a day with a minimum of 20 technicians and 5 support engineers. This staff shall be based within 50 miles of the City. The ATC Contractor must support all hardware and software regardless of age. The ATC Contractor shall be "forward-backward" supportive. The software shall be extremely user friendly. Changes in programming must be made without having to rewrite the programming. Local branch/company/division must offer onsite and offsite computer operations training. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 15 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 5. The operator interface shall be through a Web based browser to a web hosted secure site; any operator shall be able to access the individual building energy management system through any computer connected to the internet and a secure password. C. Scope: 1. The control system provided to consist of all microprocessors, software, database entry, modem, transformers, transducers, relays, thermostats, dampers, damper operators, valves, valve operators and all other necessary control components, along with a complete system, interlocking and communication wiring/cabling to fill the intent of the specification and provide for a complete and operable system. 2. Alarms, where applicable, and all interlocking wiring required to be provided by the ATC contractor. 3. The ATC contractor to review and study all HVAC and Electrical drawings and entire specification to familiarize himself with the equipment and system operation and to verify the quantities and types of dampers, operators, alarms, etc., he has to provide. 4. All interlocking wiring and installation of all required control devices associated with mechanical equipment etc., to be provided by the ATC contractor. Close coordination to be exercised between the ATC contractor and the HVAC contractor and equipment manufacturers so that installation will be provided in a manner to result in fully operable systems, as intended in these specifications. 5. The ATC contractor shall provide all power wiring, conduit, etc. for all his components requiring such. Provide power wiring from breakers in electric panels to ATC panels. All wiring to be done in strict conformance with Division 26. 6. The ATC contractor shall be on site and assist the commissioning agent with the commissioning of the system. D. Incidental Work By Others: 1. The following incidental work to be furnished by the designated contractor under the supervision of the ATC contractor: a. The HVAC contractor to coordinate required work with ATC and, without limiting the generality thereof, the work he is to perform for ATC to include the following: 1) Install automatic valves, sensor wells and other similar equipment that are specified to be supplied by the ATC contractor. 2) Furnish and install all necessary valved pressure taps, water, drain and overflow connections and piping. 3) Provide, on magnetic starters furnished, all necessary auxiliary contacts, with buttons and switches in required configurations. 4) Provide access doors or other approved means of access through ceiling and walls for service to control equipment. E. Electric Wiring: 1. All electric power wiring, wiring connections and all interlocking required for the installation of the temperature control system, as herein specified. Power to valves and actuators to be by the ATC contractor. 2. All wiring and wiring methods to comply with the requirements of the Electrical Section of the specifications. 3. Provide, on magnetic starters, all necessary auxiliary contacts, with buttons and switches in required configurations. F. Submittal Brochure: 1. In addition to the requirements of Division 01, the following to be submitted for Approval: a. Control drawings with detailed piping and wiring diagrams, including bill of material and a written sequence of operation for each system controlled by the ATC contractor. Diagrams to include individual wiring and tubing marking designation, interlock details and wiring details of interfaces to other manufacturers system. b. A symbols key and an overall LAN Architecture Diagram. C. Panel layouts and nameplate lists for all local and central panels. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 16 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA d. Valve and damper schedules showing size, configuration, capacity and location of all equipment. e. Data sheets for all control system components. f. Control strategies (software flow charts) must be included within the second ATC shop drawing submittal. The listing of each strategy must be in English and demonstrate the desired ATC sequence of operation. Submittal must be complete with proposed schedules, listing of setpoints and end device point listing and addresses. g. Auto-Cad R-2011 compatible as-built drawings (DVD disks). h. Upon project completion, submit operation and maintenance manuals, consisting of the following: 1) Index sheet, listing contents in alphabetical order 2) Manufacturer's equipment parts list of all functional components of the system, Auto-CAD disk of system schematics, including wiring diagrams 3) Description of sequence of operations 4) As-Built interconnection wiring diagrams 5) Operator's Manual 6) Trunk cable schematic showing remote electronic panel locations, and all trunk data 7) List of connected data points, including panels to which they are connected and input device (ionization detector, thermostat, etc.) 8) Conduit routing diagrams G. Guarantee: 1. In addition to the guarantee requirements of the Contract and General Conditions, the Contractor shall obtain in the name of the Owner the standard manufacturer's guarantee of all materials furnished under this Section where such guarantees are offered in the manufacturer's published product data. These guarantees are in addition to, and not in lieu of, other liabilities which the Contractor may have by law or other provisions of the Contract Documents. 2. Upon completion of the installation, the ATC contractor shall submit to the Owner an agreement to provide the necessary programmed maintenance, to keep the various control systems in proper working condition, for a period of one (1) year commencing at final project acceptance. Additionally, this contractor to submit to the owner its standard agreement to support the system operation. This service must include operators support, application support, remote diagnostic support (via remote, on-line telephone support services) as well as database management support. This service shall be available 365 days per year, 24 hours a day. 3. The programmed maintenance agreement shall fully describe the maintenance work to be performed and shall advise as to the cost of this work prior to awarding of Contract. H. Instruction and Adjustment: 1. Upon completion of the project, the ATC contractor to: a. Fine-tune and "debug" all software control loops, routines, programs and sequences of control associated with the control system supplied. b. Completely adjust and make ready for use, all transmitters, relays, damper operators, valves, etc., provided under this Section. This contractor shall furnish copies of complete, detailed, calibrating checkout and commissionary documentation for each controller. 1) Documentation to list each procedure and shall be signed by the control specialist performing the service. C. The ATC contractor shall provide an on-site training program for the Owner's staff in the operation and use of the control system. Training to include the following: 1) Include four (4) 2-hours of classroom and hands-on training. This segment to instruct Owner's personnel in the system configuration, component characteristics, control strategy on each controlled system HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 17 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA and all requirements for daily operation and use of the system. This segment to give the Owner's representative a working proficiency in day-to-day operational requirements (i.e., system monitoring, alarm acknowledgment, HVAC system troubleshooting techniques, setpoint and time schedule adjustments, manual override, etc.). 2) All training to take place at the site and at times mutually agreed to between the ATC contractor and the Owner. The ATC contractor to provide to the Owner's designated representative, at least three (3) weeks before each segment, a course syllabus outline and schedule. The ATC contractor to provide all training material, reference material and training aids, as required, all as part of his Contract cost. 3) Training to be recorded by the ATC Contractor; two DVD copies of the training session to provided to the owner as part of the ATC closeout documentation. I. Communication: 1. Control products, communication media, connectors, repeaters, hubs, and routers shall comprise a BACnet internetwork. Controller and operator interface communication shall conform to ASHRAE/ANSI Standard 135-2001, BACnet. 2. Each controller shall have a communication port for temporary connection to a laptop computer or other operator interface. Connection shall support memory downloads and other commissioning and troubleshooting operations. J. Equipment: 1. General a. The system to be comprised of a network, application specific controllers, all networked together via an RS-485 LAN to provide a complete control system, as herein specified. Controls for each system shall be provided as described in the sequences of operation. 2. Application Specific Controllers (ASC) a. The Building Energy Management System (EMS) shall be able to extend its performance and capacity through the use of remote application specific controllers (ASCs)through LAN Device Networks. 1) Each ASC shall operate as a stand-alone controller capable of performing its specified control responsibilities independently of other controllers in the network. Each ASC shall be a microprocessor-based, multi-tasking, real-time digital control processor. b. Each ASC shall be capable of control of the terminal device independent of the manufacturer of the terminal device. C. Central System Controllers: 1) Provide for control of central HVAC systems and equipment. 2) Controllers shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Provide a hand/off/automatic switch for each digital output for manual override capability. Switches shall be mounted either within the controller's key-accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. In addition, each switch position shall be supervised in order to inform the system that automatic control has been overridden. 3) Each controller shall support its own real-time operating system. Provide either non-volatile memory or a time clock with battery backup to allow for stand-alone operation in the event communication with its SDC is lost and to insure protection during power outages. 4) All programs shall be field-customized to meet the user's exact control strategy requirements. Central System controllers utilizing pre- packaged or canned programs shall not be acceptable. Where required, provide SDCs for all central equipment in order to meet custom control strategy requirements. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 18 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 5) Programming of central system controllers shall utilize the same language and code as used by SDC to maximize system flexibility and ease of use. 6) Each controller shall have connection provisions for a portable operator's terminal. This tool shall allow the user to display, generate or modify all point databases and operating programs. 7) Provide a door-mounted interface terminal to allow for direct-user access to the controller. a) The terminal shall provide the user with the following functionality as a minimum: • View and set date and time • Modify and override time-of-day schedules • View points and alarms • Monitor points • Command and modify setpoints b) Should the system controller be unable to interface to a door- mounted terminal, provide a laptop or similar terminal at the controller, or provide an SDC with a door-mounted or local terminal in lieu of the system controller in order to meet the specified minimum functionality. d. Terminal Equipment Controllers: 1) Controllers shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the specified control sequences. Analog outputs shall be industry standard signals such as 24V floating control, 3-15 psi pneumatic, allowing for interface to a variety of modulating actuators. Terminal controllers utilizing proprietary control signals and actuators shall not be acceptable. e. Spare wiring/cabling for each ASC provide two (2) spare twisted, shielded pairs of wires to terminate at the ASC on one end and at the controlled unit at the other. Label both ends of spare wiring as "SPARE". 3. Automatic Control Valves a. Control valves shall be two-way or three-way pattern as shown, constructed for tight shut off and shall operate satisfactorily against system pressures and differentials. Two-way control valves shall exhibit equal percentage characteristics. Valves with size up to and including 2" shall be screwed with 250 psi ANSI pressure body rating; 2 1/2" and larger valves shall be flanged configuration. Proportional control valves shall be sized for a maximum pressure drop of 4.0 psig at rated flow (except as noted). Two-position control valves shall be line size and shall be provided with a 250 psi static pressure body rating. b. All valves shall be capable of operating in sequence when required by the sequence of operation. All control valves shall be sized by the control manufacturer and shall be guaranteed to meet heating and cooling loads specified. C. All control valves shall be suitable for the pressure conditions and shall close against the differential pressure involved. Valve operator connection type (screwed of flanged) shall conform to pipe schedule in this specification. d. Hot water control valves shall be normally open, single seated type with equal percentage flow characteristics. The valve discs shall be composition type with bronze trim. e. Chilled water control valves shall be single seated type with equal percentage flow characteristics, normally closed. The valve discs shall be composition type with bronze trim. f. Valves shall be sized on the exact pressure drop for the equipment served to prevent over or under sizing the valves. Provide a separate submittal with all of this information included. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 19 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 4. Valve Actuators (Electronic): a. Actuators shall be of the gear train or hydraulic type. b. Actuators shall have integral mechanical stroke limiting adjustments to prevent actuator overstroke and automatic load sensing to protect from motor burnout in stall condition. C. All actuators shall be sized by the ATC Subcontractor and guaranteed to provide torque and stroke characteristics for the applied duty. Output shall be compatible with outputs of the controlling device. All actuators shall be of the spring return type, linked normally open or closed as applicable and common to the application. d. All actuators shall be of the direct analog fully proportioning variety. Two position or floating type control actuators may be used only if specifically mentioned in the sequence of operation. 5. Temperature Sensors: Temperature sensors shall be RTDs or thermistors. Sensor Time Constant shall not exceed 5 seconds for a 60% response to a step change in temperature. Sensor repeatability shall be 0 IF or better. a. Space temperature sensor element shall be accurate within +0.5 IF over a range from 40 IF to 100 IF. Sensors shall be housed in manufacturer standard miniature type thermostat cover and shall include exposed thermometer, setpoint adjustment and override button as specifically called for in the sequence of operation. b. Outside air temperature sensor elements for each of the controllers shall be accurate within +0.5 IF over a range from -20 OF to 120 OF. C. Duct sensors shall be of the averaging type. Element length shall be adequate for sensing the average cross-sectional temperature over the full duct cross- section. 6. Pressure Switches: The pressure switches shall meet but not be limited to the following specifications: a. Sensing elements shall be capsule, diaphragm, bellow, bourdon tube, or solid state capable of withstanding 150% of rated pressure (sensor). b. Switch actuation shall be adjustable for the specified application. C. Switch shall have snap-action Form C contact rated for the application. d. Gauge pressure switches shall have adjustable differential settings. e. Accuracy of+1% of the switch setting. f. Flow Switches: Flow switches shall meet but not be limited to the following specifications: 1) Repetitive accuracy of+1% of operating range. 2) Switch actuation adjustable over the operating flow range. 7. Miscellaneous Control Panels: Details of each panel shall be submitted for review prior to fabrication. Locations of each panel shall be convenient for adjustment and service. Provide engraved nameplate beneath each panel mounted control device clearly describing the function of said device and range of operation. All manual switches shall be flush mounted on the hinged door. 8. All electrical devices within the panels shall be factory pre-wired to a numbered terminal strip. All wiring within the panel shall be in accordance with NEMA and UL Standards and shall meet all Local Codes. All wiring in occupied spaces shall be concealed. 9. Sequences of Operation: Provide control components for each system as required for the sequence of operation indicated on the contract drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, STAGING AND PLANKING A. Provide, set up and maintain al required derricks, hoisting machinery, scaffolding, staging and planking. Perform all hoisting required to complete the work of this section as indicated and specified. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 20 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Scaffolding is to have solid backs and flows to prevent dropping material therefrom to the floors or ground. C. All items of existing work indicated to be removed or are necessary to remove to permit proper installation of new work to be taken down and be immediately removed from the premises. 3.2 DEMOLITION A. The existing facility will continue to operate during all phases of the demolition work and subsequent construction. No interruption of the systems will be permitted without prior approval of the Owner. B. Perform all demolition while ensuring minimum interference with adjacent occupied areas. C. Where sections of a system are to be removed and the system serves other areas of the building that are outside the scope of the work, perform the following: 1. Coordinate the temporary shut down of the system with the Owner's representative. 2. Install supports in the remaining active sections of the system as required by the removal of nearby supports associated with the demolition. 3. Isolate the system. 4. Cap the remaining system section, leaving the remainder of the system active. D. Provide temporary shoring or bracing during the demolition work to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of the system or adjacent systems due to the work. E. Promptly repair any damage caused to adjacent facilities or areas that are designated to remain at no additional cost to the Owner. F. Equipment: 1. Coordinate with all Contractors and Subcontractors to provide disconnection prior to equipment removal. 2. Remove equipment by unfastening at the supports or attachments. Then remove the attachments from the building, leaving no component of the original installation. 3. The Owner shall have the option to choose to take possession of the equipment or not. If the Owner chooses not to take possession of the equipment, the Contractor shall remove and dispose of the equipment in accordance with the paragraph below. 4. Exercise care with equipment that is to be relocated or turned over to the Owner, examine the equipment before removal in the presence of the Owner's representative to determine its condition. Make a record of any marks, etc. by a photograph or videotape acknowledged by the Owner's representative. 5. Install relocated equipment to ensure no damage. 6. Equipment to be turned over to the Owner: Deliver to an on-site location designated by the Owner, and obtain acknowledgment of receipt in good condition the following equipment. G. All equipment, etc., not turned over to the Owner shall be put into the dumpsters; become the property of the Contractor, and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor. H. Remove existing equipment and appurtenances as indicated on demolition plans and as required to install the new systems. 3.3 GENERAL A. Install all items specified under PART 2 - PRODUCTS, according to the applicable manufacturer's recommendations and shop drawings, the details shown on the Drawings and as specified under this section. Provide all required hangers and supports. B. Equipment base mounted on concrete or masonry slabs, pads and piers, or mounted on stands, gratings, platforms, or other, shall not be set in any manner, except on the finished and permanent support. C. Support of equipment on studs, or other means, and the placing or building of the supporting slab, pad, pier, stand, grating, or other"to the equipment", is prohibited. D. Concrete and masonry supporting structures shall have been constructed and cured a minimum of 14 days before equipment is mounted. E. All welding done under this section shall be performed by experienced welders in a neat and workmanlike manner. All welding done on piping, pressure vessels and structural steel under this Section shall be performed only by persons who are currently qualified in accordance with HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 21 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA ANSI Code B31.1 for Pressure Piping and certified by the American Welding Society, A.S.M.E. Section IX or an approved independent testing laboratory; and each such welder shall present his certificate attesting his qualifications to the Engineer's representative whenever requested to do so on the job. (See Section 01 10 00.) F. All pipe welding shall be electric arc. High test welding rods suitable for the material to be welded shall be used throughout. All special fittings shall be carefully laid out and joints shall be accurately matched intersections. Care shall be exercised to prevent the occurrence of protruded weld metal into the pipe. All welds shall be of sound metal free from laps, cold shots, gas pockets, oxide inclusions and similar defects. G. All necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent fire or damage occurring as the result of welding operations. 3.4 SPECIALTIES A. Specialties of the type specified shall be installed at points specified and elsewhere where shown on the drawings. 3.5 INSULATION A. All of the insulation work shall be done by contractors regularly engaged in this type of work in a neat and workmanlike manner. All insulation shall be completely sealed with no glass fibers exposed to the air. 3.6 EQUIPMENT A. Equipment shall be installed complete with all required hangers and supports in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. B. Furnish and install all steel structural support members for proper hanging and support of equipment. Provide vibration isolation on all hangers. C. All equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's written installation instructions. D. All equipment and associated components requiring access for periodic inspection, filter changes, or maintenance shall be located over accessible ceilings; if located above inaccessible ceilings with approval of Architect and Engineer, provide access panels with appropriate fire ratings for required access at no additional cost to the project. E. Contractor to provide two (2) 4-hour training sessions to City of Quincy maintenance mechanical/electrical maintenance personnel for all new equipment provided for this project; contractors shall arrange for training a minimum of three (3) weeks in advance of a mutually agreeable time to all parties. 3.7 VIBRATION ABSORPTION A. All equipment and piping shall operate without objectionable or unusual noise or vibration, as judged by the Engineer. B. Rotating equipment shall be fitted with such vibration-absorbing facilities as will be required to limit the transmission of vibration to the building and to the attached piping and breaching. The facilities shall be generally designed to limit this transmission to a maximum of 2%, but a greater amount will be allowed if it does not prove objectionable. The facilities shall also be designed to limit equipment floor loadings to 500 lb/sq. ft. or less. If, in order to accomplish this, the equipment requires the job installation of isolation mountings, inertia blocks, special hangers or other arrangements, these shall be carefully and specifically selected for each piece of equipment. C. Motor driven equipment shall have the motor, equipment and drive mounted on a common base. Hollow bed plates shall be grouted with a rich cement mortar. D. Mit shop drawing data for approval by the Engineer showing the make, type, and size of isolation mountings, flexible pipe connectors, and other facilities to be provided, including any concrete inertia blocks that may be required. The data shall clearly indicate that the isolating arrangements can and will limit the transmission of vibration as specified. 3.8 MISCELLANEOUS IRON AND STEEL HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 22 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA A. Provide steel supports and hangers required to support fans, tanks, air handling units, pipe, ductwork, and other equipment or materials. Submit details of steel supports and method of fabrication for approval. B. All work shall be cut, assembled, welded and finished by skilled mechanics. Welds shall be ground smooth. Stands, brackets, and framework shall be properly sized and strongly constructed. C. Measurements shall be taken on the job and worked out to suit adjoining and connecting work. All work shall be by experienced metal working mechanics. Members shall be straight and true and accurately fitted. Scale, rust, and burrs shall be removed. Welded joints shall be ground smooth where exposed. Drilling, cutting and fitting shall be done as required to properly install the work and accommodate the work of other trades as directed by them. D. Members shall be generally welded, except that bolting may be used for field assembly where welding would be impractical. Welders shall be skilled. E. All shop-fabricated iron and steel work shall be cleaned and dried and given a shop coat of paint on all surfaces and in all openings and crevices. 3.9 BALANCING, ADJUSTING, OPERATING, AND INSTRUCTIONS A. The HVAC contractor shall engage the services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjusting and balancing of the HVAC systems. The HVAC Contractor shall submit to the owner at least qualified firms for the owner's review and acceptance in accordance with Division 01. B. Engage a balancing company to adjust, balance, and operate the heating, ventilating and air- conditioning system and thoroughly instruct the Owner's personnel in all phases of care and operation of the systems. The Balancing Company shall be certified by Associated Air Balance Council or by the National Environmental Balancing Bureau. C. Before the air systems are tested and balanced, ducts and equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned by the contractor so that no dirt, dust, or other foreign matter will be deposited in or carried through the systems. For this purpose, cheesecloth shall be placed over each opening for entraining such particles during the cleaning operation. D. Air handling equipment shall not be operated without filters in place. All filters shall be replaced by the Contractor after rooftop units have been cleaned and ready for system balancing. E. The Contractor as a part of this contract shall provide all materials, labor, and service of all subcontractors for fulfillment of air balancing of all systems. The Balancing Company shall inform Contractor of all requirements ahead of time. F. All equipment shall be operated and adjusted and all air systems shall be adjusted and balanced, readings taken and recorded on an approved form submitted to the Engineer for approval, readjusted and rebalanced in accordance with the Engineer's review comments and resubmitted. G. Air Systems 1. Systems shall be adjusted and balanced so that air quantities at outlets are as indicated on the drawings and so that the distribution from supply outlets is free from drafts and uniform over the face of each outlet. 2. Adjustments shall be made by the Balancing Company to volume dampers at air outlets to produce the least pressure drop consistent with volume requirements. 3. After completion of balancing and adjusting, settings of dampers, shall be permanently marked by the Balancing Company so that they can be restored if disturbed at any time. 4. Direct reading velocity meters may be used by the Balancing Company for comparative adjustment of individual outlets, but air quantities in ducts have velocity of 1,000 feet per minute or greater, shall be measured by means of pilot tubes and inclined gauge manometers. Instrument test opening enclosures as specified shall be provided as required. 5. Adjustment of the temperature controls shall be coordinated by the person in charge of the balancing and adjusting and shall be performed coincidental therewith. In conjunction with the Automatic Temperature Control System, simulate a complete cycle of operation for each system. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 23 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 6. After completion of the testing, balancing and adjusting of the air systems, six copies of a report showing the following information shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. The report shall be arranged as follows: a. Location of each air outlet or inlet. b. Dimensions or size of each outlet or inlet. C. Type: diffuser, grille, register, supply, return exhaust, and Ak value for each. d. Cfm of air as indicated on drawings for each outlet or inlet. e. CFM of air as measured, after each complete system has been balanced and adjusted, for each outlet or inlet. f. After each complete system has been balanced and adjusted, the total cfm at fan discharge, static pressure at fan outlet, total static pressure for apparatus, fan speed, motor amperage for each phase and voltage shall be listed. 3.10 TESTING A. All hot water piping in whole or in part, prior to insulating and being closed in, shall be subject to a hydrostatic test pressure of 100 psig for eight hours without a pressure drop at the end of the test period. All leaks that occur shall be repaired by removing the joints in their entirety, rejoining, and test repeated as often as necessary until the piping system or systems are absolutely tight. B. Furnish all necessary equipment to conduct the testing of the piping system. C. Two pressure gauges shall be used whose range shall not exceed 0 to 150 psig, nor be less than 0 to 120 psig. Evidence of leakage or pressure drop shall be cause for rejection. D. A log of all tests shall be kept by the Contractor. The log shall provide a description of the test or inspection, the date performed, and the signatures of the responsible contractor's person performing the work and the witnessing engineer. This log shall form part of the final documentation. Failure to maintain this log will result in reinspection or testing at the Contractor's expense. END OF SECTION HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING Gienapp Architects 23 0000 - Page 24 of 24 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA SECTION 26 00 00 ELECTRICAL PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. The Sections of these Specifications entitled "Special Conditions", "Minimum Wage Determination", and Division 01 "General Requirements" shall apply and are hereby made a part of this section of the Specifications. B. Examine all Drawings and all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements and provisions affecting the work of this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS: A. Owner—Watertown Police Department B. Awarding Authority—Watertown Police Department C. The Electrical Contractor shall be considered the Electrical Contractor. D. "Provide" shall mean furnish and install. E. "Disconnect" shall mean to electrically disconnect and otherwise make the equipment safe for removal and disposal by others. The Electrical Contractor shall remove conduit and wiring serving disconnected equipment, unless otherwise noted. F. "Remove" shall mean to "disconnect', remove and dispose of the equipment indicated. G. "Relocate" shall mean to "disconnect'for relocation of the existing equipment. H. "Remain" shall mean the existing equipment is to remain in place, in operating condition. 1.3 SCOPE OF WORK A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals necessary to provide complete electrical system as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. The major items of work shall generally consist of: 1. Electrical Demolition: Demolition/removal of existing branch circuitry for the existing fan motor. Removal of branch circuitry for building pumps as indicated on demolition plans. 2. New Electrical Work: Provide new branch circuitry, disconnects and circuit breakers to power new RTU, Exhaust Fan and associated mechanical equipment as indicated on the electrical drawings. The work shall generally consist of providing: a. Circuit breakers b. Raceways, Fittings and Supports C. Wire and Cable d. Disconnect Switches (where indicated on plans) e. Feeder Circuit Wiring f. Grounding g. Electrical Identification (name plates and labeling) h. All Fees and Permits i. Testing j. Operations and maintenance manuals. k. Circuit breakers for existing panelboard. B. Furnish all labor and materials to perform demolition work as shown on the Drawings and as specified hereinafter. C. During final inspection, the electrical contractor shall be available to the mechanical and electrical engineers to open all electrical/control panels for inspectional purposes. D. Furnish all labor and materials to perform all required scope of work related to project commissioning as defined in Section 01 81 00- General Commissioning Requirements. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 1 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.4 RELATED WORK PROVIDED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR A. Concrete Work B. Carpentry Work C. Temporary Heating D. Control Wiring 1.5 CODES, ORDINANCES, AND PERMITS A. Installation of systems and equipment provided under this section shall be done in strict accordance with Massachusetts Department of Public Safety Codes, Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, Massachusetts State Building Code 91h Edition, the 2017 Massachusetts Electrical Code, the 2017 National Electrical Code and the Town of Watertown Codes and Regulations having jurisdiction. B. All electrical apparatus furnished under this section shall be approved by the UL and shall be so labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom-built equipment is specified and the UL label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by UL where such is applicable to the component. C. Give notices, file plans, pay for and obtain permits and licenses, pay fees and obtain necessary approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. Deliver certificates of inspection and approval to the Engineer. Authorities having jurisdiction include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Town of Watertown Wiring Inspector(Inspectional Services Department) D. No work shall be covered before examination and approval by Engineer, inspectors, and authorities having jurisdiction. Replace imperfect or condemned work conforming to requirements, satisfactory to Engineer, and without extra cost to the Owner. If work is covered before due inspection and approval, the installing contractors shall pay costs of uncovering and reinstalling the covering, whether it meets contract requirements or not. E. In the event local inspectors or codes require a change in the material, design, or involve additional labor, all such changes shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval before proceeding with the work. Comply with all local codes and inspections. 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to Section 01 70 00, Project Closeout, of the Specifications for record drawings and procedures to be provided under this section. 1.7 CLEANING A. During the progress of the electrical work, the Electrical Contractor shall clean up and remove all scrap, demolition material, and other debris caused by the Contractor. At completion, the Electrical Contractor shall clean all electrical equipment, wiring and raceway systems and leave all work in perfect operating condition. 1.8 COORDINATION AND RESPONSIBILITY A. The structure and its appurtenances, clearances and the related services, such as plumbing, heating, ventilation and electric service have been planned to be legal, adequate and suitable for the installation of equipment specified under this section. The Owner will not assume any increase in cost caused by differing requirements peculiar to a particular make or type of equipment, and any incidental cost shall be borne by the Electrical Contractor. He shall be responsible for the proper location of his required sleeves, chases, inserts, etc., and see that they are set in the forms before the concrete is poured. He shall be responsible for his work and equipment furnished and installed by him until the completion and final acceptance of this contract, and he shall replace any work which may be damaged, lost or stolen, without additional cost to the Owner. 1.9 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS, WORK, AND GROUNDS A. Materials, fixtures and equipment shall be properly protected and all raceway openings shall be temporarily closed so as to prevent obstruction and damage. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 2 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Protect and preserve all materials, supplies and equipment of every description and all work performed. Protect all existing equipment and property of any kind from damage during the operations. Damage shall be repaired or replaced promptly by the Electrical Contractor at his expense. 1.10 DRAWINGS A. It is the intention of the Specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Any apparatus, appliance, material or work not shown on the Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or vice-versa, or any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete in all respects and ready for operation, even if not particularly specified, shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor without additional expense to the Owner. B. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic. The locations of all items that are not definitely fixed by dimensions are approximate only. The exact locations must be determined at the project and shall have the approval of the Engineer before being installed. The Electrical Contractor shall follow Drawings, including his shop drawings, in laying out work and shall check the Drawings of other trades to verify spaces in which work will be installed. Maintain maximum headroom and space conditions. Where space conditions appear inadequate, notify the Engineer before proceeding with the installation. The Electrical Contractor shall, without extra charge, make reasonable modifications in the layout as needed to prevent conflict with work of other trades or for proper execution of the work. C. Size of raceways and methods of running them are shown, but it is not intended to show every offset and fitting, nor every structural difficulty that may be encountered. To carry out the true intent and purpose of the Drawings, all necessary parts to make complete approved working systems ready for use, shall be furnished without extra charge. All work shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid being unsightly. D. All measurements shall be taken at the building by the Electrical Contractor, prior to purchasing and installing the equipment and raceways. 1.11 APPROVAL OF MANUFACTURERS AND SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit five (5) copies of the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 1. Disconnects and Safety Switches 2. Wire and Cable 3. Conduit and Raceways 4. Circuit Breakers 5. Fire Alarm B. Individual information shall be submitted for each type of equipment. Where multiple products of various sizes, capacities or ratings are indicated on the same page of a submittal, the Electrical Contractor shall clearly identify which items are being submitted. Unmarked submittals will be returned without action. Additional requirements for shop drawings may be contained under individual items. 1.12 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to, Div 01 requirements in requesting substitutions. The following paragraphs supplement the requirements of Section 01. B. If materials or equipment are substituted for specified items that alter the systems shown or its physical characteristics, or which have different operating characteristics, clearly note the alterations or difference and call it to the attention of the a/e. Under no circumstances shall substitutions be made unless material or equipment has been successfully operated for at least three consecutive years. C. Any modifications to the design, as a result of approving a substitution, shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Any additional cost to this contractor or any other contractor, directly or indirectly, as a result of such substitutions, shall be the responsibility of this contractor. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 3 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 1.13 UNDERWRITERS' LABEL AND LISTING A. All electrical apparatus furnished under this Section shall be approved by the UL and shall be labeled or listed where such is applicable. Where custom-built equipment is specified and the UL label or listing is not applicable to the completed product, all components used in the construction of such equipment shall be labeled or listed by UL where such is applicable to the component. 1.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. All cutting and patching necessary for the proper installation of work to be performed under this Section shall be performed by the General Contractor. B. All work shall be fully coordinated with all phases of construction, in order to minimize the requirements for cutting and patching. C. All of this work shall be done by careful workmen competent to do such work and with the proper and smallest tools applicable. D. Any cost caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the contractor responsible. 1.15 GUARANTEE A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee, in writing, all work and all materials provided under this Section in accordance with the provisions of the printed form of Contract and the General Conditions. 1.16 ELECTRICAL A. All furnished electrical apparatus and controls shall conform to applicable requirements under DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL. B. The General Contractor shall furnish and install all low voltage and/or line voltage control wiring for the boiler/burner unit and the induction fan unless indicated otherwise. 1.17 VERIFYING EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Before commencing any work under this section, verify all governing dimensions and examine all adjoining work on which this work is in any way associated or connected. Failure to visit the jobsite will in no way relieve the Electrical Contractor from installing the work according to the intent of these specifications and at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Each bidder shall visit the site and inspect conditions affecting the proposed work. Failure to do so and misinterpretation of the Plans and Specifications shall be entirely the responsibility of the bidder, and will not be a basis for claim for extra compensation. C. Each bidder shall make note of the existing conditions affecting hauling, rigging transportation, installation, etc., in connection for his work and shall make all provisions for transportation such of all materials and equipment. D. Where field conditions require, the Electrical Contractor shall arrange for equipment to be shipped to the job, dismantled and assembled in place. 1.18 CONCRETE WORK A. All masonry and concrete pads shall be provided by the General Contractor. 1.19 PAINTING A. All finish field painting shall be provided by the General Contractor. 1.20 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. The latest published issue of the standards, recommendations, or requirements of the following listed societies, associations, or institutes in effect at the date of Contract are part of this Specification. These shall be considered as minimum requirements; specific requirements of this specification and/or associated drawings shall have precedence. In case of conflict between published requirements, the Engineer and/or Owner's representative shall determine which is to be followed. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 4 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. Electrical equipment, installation and workmanship shall conform to the latest editions of the applicable codes and standards of the following organizations. 1. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. Massachusetts and National Electrical Code (MEC/NEC) 4. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) 5. National Bureau of Standards (NBS) a. H33-Safety Rules-Electrical Utilization Equipment. b. H51-Safety Rules-Installation and Maintenance of Electric Supply and Communication Lines. 6. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) 7. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 8. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association (IPCEA) 9. Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA) 1.21 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES A. The work shall be so performed that the progress of the entire building construction, including all other trades, shall not be delayed or interfered with. Materials and apparatus shall be installed as fast as conditions of the building will permit and must be installed promptly when and as desired. B. Confer with all other trades relative to location of all apparatus and equipment to be installed and select locations so as not to conflict with work of other Sections. Any conflicts shall be referred immediately to the Engineer for decision to prevent delay in installation of work. All work and materials placed in violation of this clause shall be readjusted to the Engineer's satisfaction, at no expense to the Owner. C. Where work of this section will be installed in close proximity to work of other sections or where there is evidence that the work of this section will interfere with work of other sections, assist in working out space conditions to make satisfactory adjustment. If so directed by the Engineer, prepare and submit for approval 1/8" scale or larger working drawings and sections, clearly showing how this work is to be installed in relation to the work of other sections. If the work of this section is installed before coordinating with other trades or so as to cause interference with work of other trades, make changes necessary to protect conditions without extra charge. 1.22 WORKING CONDITIONS AND SAFETY A. Whereas the building may be occupied during the construction period, it is of utmost importance for occupant's safety and that the building functions be maintained. The Electrical Contractor shall not disrupt the normal operations of the building and shall be required to cease work during occupied hours if, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative or the Engineer, the work creates a disruption. The Electrical Contractor will then be required to perform such disruptive work during unoccupied business hours. No work shall commence until the site has been properly prepared. 1.23 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP A. All material provided shall be new and approved for the intended service. B. Defective equipment or equipment damaged in the course of installation or testing shall be replaced by the Electrical Contractor at no cost to the Owner. C. All work shall be executed in the best and most thorough manner known to each trade. Employ careful, competent, experienced journeymen, and insofar as possible, keep the same foreman and workmen from the beginning to the completion of the job. 1.24 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Arrange for, and provide, a storage space or area at the job site for all electrical equipment and materials to be installed or reinstalled in the project. The exact location of portable storage vans at the job site or protected storage areas within the building construction, conditions permitting, shall be arranged with the Engineer. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 5 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA B. All electrical equipment and materials, upon receipt at the job site shall be thoroughly inspected as to their type and condition and the quantity received. C. After inspection, all electrical equipment and materials shall be moved to the storage area designated. 1.25 OUTAGES A. The Electrical Contractor shall coordinate all power outages with Owner's Representative. B. Outages confined to the new boiler room shall be coordinated with the general contractor. 1.26 HOISTING, SCAFFOLDING, STAGING AND PLANKING A. Provide, set up and maintain all required derricks, hoisting, machinery, scaffolding, staging and planting for the work of this section. B. Scaffolding is to have solid backs and floors to prevent dropping materials to the floors or ground. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.1 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. General: 1. All wiring shall be installed in conduit or wireways, unless otherwise indicated. All conduits shall be minimum 3/4" commercial trade size, unless otherwise specified or indicated on the drawings. Metallic conduit fittings shall be made of steel or malleable iron only. Die-cast zinc-alloy fittings and fitting made of inferior materials, such as "pot metal", shall not be used. B. Rigid Steel Conduit: 1. Rigid Steel, Galvanized a. Full weight galvanized steel conforming with UL 6 and ANSI C80.1. 2. Terminations a. Double locknutted with insulated throat bushings in dry locations. b. Insulated, gasketed hub connectors in damp/wet locations. 3. Fittings and Conduit Bodies a. Fittings and conduit bodies: ANSI/NEMA FB 1; threaded type, material to match conduit. C. Liquid-Tight Flexible Metal Conduit 1. Flexible galvanized steel tubing over which is extruded a liquid-tight jacket of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) 1-1/4" size and smaller shall be provided with a continuous copper bonding conductor. 2. Connectors shall be steel or malleable iron with insulated throats. D. Wireways 1. Wireways, auxiliary gutters, and associated fittings shall comply with UL 870. 2. Wireways shall be of the screw-cover type, and of sizes indicated or as required by NEC. 3. Wireways shall be of raintight construction in wet locations. 4. Finish shall be paint, manufacturer's standard. 2.2 OUTLET BOXES A. Outlet boxes for exposed conduit work shall be cast aluminum alloy with cast aluminum alloy covers. B. Switch boxes, receptacle boxes and other outlet boxes shall be standard 4" square with plaster rings or gang covers as required. C. Outlet boxes for various systems and components shall be as required by manufacturer. D. Provide screw-joint outlet boxes, with gasketed weatherproof covers in locations, where exposed to moisture, or next to water or steam connections, and where indicated as weatherproof on Drawings. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 6 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA E. Provide only enough conduit openings to accommodate conduits at individual location. Each box shall be large enough to accommodate number and sizes of conduits, wires and splices to meet NEC requirements, but shall be at least size shown or specified. Necessary volume shall be obtained by using boxes of proper dimensions. 2.3 WIRING DEVICE PLATES A. Provide 0.040" brushed stainless steel device plates by Arrow-Hart, Bryant, Hubbell or approved equal. One-piece type device plates shall be provided for all outlets and fittings. Plates on unfinished walls and on fittings shall be of zinc-coated sheet steel, cast-metal, or impact resistant plastic having rounded or beveled edges. Plates on finished walls shall be of steel with baked enamel finish. Screws shall be of metal with countersunk heads, in a color to match the finish of the plate. B. Device plates for shut off switches and manual motor starters shall have engraved nameplates in 1/4" letters. C. Device plates shall be manufacturer of wiring devices. 2.4 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide junction boxes, pull boxes, terminal boxes and fittings as indicated on drawings, specified herein or wherever necessary to facilitate pulling or splicing of wires and cables of all electrical systems, and/or required by code. B. Junction or pull boxes not over 100 cubic inches in size shall be standard outlet boxes, except as noted otherwise. Junction and pull boxes over 100 cubic inches in size shall be constructed of code gauge sheet steel with screw covers and gaskets and shall be fabricated from approved detailed working drawings. Finish shall be paint over zinc chromate primer. C. Outlet boxes in unfinished areas shall be cast metal with threaded conduit hubs. D. Outlet boxes for receptacles shall be of galvanized steel at least 2" deep and of sufficient size to accommodate devices at outlet location. All boxes shall have mounting lugs or ears for covers and knockouts for raceway termination. 2.5 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable of sizes, quantities and types shown on drawings, schedules or specified herein shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor. All wire and cable shall be installed in raceways, unless otherwise indicated. B. Wire and cable work shall be in strict accordance with requirements of National Electrical Code and its latest revisions, both with respect to material and workmanship, except where insulation thickness and covering are required by these Specifications in excess of Code requirements. C. Minimum size wiring, unless otherwise indicated, for power branch circuit shall be #12 AWG. D. Branch circuit power, and control wiring, except as otherwise noted, shall have type THWN-THHN, 600 volts insulation. Unless otherwise noted, feeder wiring and branch circuit wiring sizes #6 AWG AND LARGER shall be Type XHHW, #8 AWG and smaller type shall be THWN-THHN. E. Wires and cables shall be single conductor. Conductors of sizes #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded; wires smaller than #8 AWG shall be solid. Conductors shall be soft drawn copper and have a conductivity of not less than 98 percent of ASTM standards for annealed copper. Aluminum conductors will not be accepted. F. Sizes 12 and 10 AWG wire and cable shall be factory color-coded with a separate color for each phase of each system voltage used consistently throughout power systems. Size 8 AWG and larger shall be completely colored with vinyl tape wherever accessible. Colors shall be in accordance with those listed in Section 3 of this specification. G. Grounding conductors and equipment grounds unless bare, shall have a GREEN covering or shall be completely marked with green tape at boxes, conduit bodies or where otherwise accessible. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 7 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA H. Cables ties and straps shall be self-clinching types of one piece molded construction. Bodies shall be of nylon and clinching clips shall be spring bronze. Ties and straps shall be Thomas & Betts Company, Types TY-25 and TY-35 or approved equal. 2.6 WIRE PULLING EQUIPMENT A. Provide polyethylene ropes for pulling wire. 2.7 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. All safety switches shall be NEMA type "HD", heavy duty and shall meet or exceed NEMA Standard KS-1 for type HD switches, and meet or exceed Federal Specification W-S-865C for HD switches. B. Enclosed disconnect switches shall have the following features: 1. Quick-make, Quick-break Switch Mechanism 2. Padlockable Door and Handle 3. Positive Type Interlocked Door 4. 250 volt AC Rating 5. Visible On-off Indication 6. NEMA I Surface Enclosure in Dry Locations 7. CO/ALR Cable Lugs 8. Horsepower Rated (note that HP rating of switch must be equal to or greater than HP rating of motor or equivalent equipment loads. 2.8 GROUNDING A. Cables shall be of solid or stranded copper size as specified on the drawings. Cables shall be bare when installed in soil or in open air, and shall be insulated with 600 volt green jackets in all runs installed in conduit. B. The grounding conductor bonding jumper shall be attached to the circuits, conduits, cabinets, equipment and the like, which are to be grounded by means of suitable lugs, pressure connectors and clamps. C. All feeder and three phase motor circuits shall be provided with an appropriately sized grounding conductor. Sizes shall be based on NEC Table 250-95. Grounding conductors shall also be provided wherever the raceway is not a suitable grounding conductor. 2.9 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM A. General 1. The contractor shall modify the existing fire alarm system to accommodate new devices for the HVAC additions. 2. At no time shall be building be without proper fire alarm coverage. 3. Any and all fire alarm cable splicing is allowed in accordance with code requirements in a listed enclosure [NEC 760.30 (B)] 4. All components and wiring added to the system shall be compatible with the existing system. 5. Equipment shall be UL listed or approved and shall meet approval of local fire department and state fire marshall, authorities having jurisdiction and shall be in accordance with the applicable sections of the latest edition of the Massachusetts Electrical Code, ADA Code, NFPA 71, 72, 72E, and Life Safety Code#101. 6. The Contractor shall be responsible for all fire alarm testing, reprogramming and certification charges. B. Remote Devices 1. Heat detectors shall be addressable, low-profile, matte white, rated 135°F fixed temperature as shown on the Drawings. C. Wiring and Conduit 1. All fire alarm wire and cable shall be UL listed for fire alarm use. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 8 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2. The electrical contractor shall coordinate the installation of the fire alarm equipment with the manufacturer. All conductors and wiring shall be installed per the manufacturers' recommendations. 3. The fire alarm system wiring shall be Class "A" with end-of-line resistors located in the FACP. Both alarm initiating circuits and communications loop circuits shall be Class "A" type. 4. For fire alarm wiring in concealed areas, fire alarm cable shall be plenum rated type FPLP, with red outer jacket. Installation shall meet requirements of NEC Article 770 and 725. Conductors shall be solid copper #14 minimum, with low- smoke, low-flame type jacket. 5. For fire alarm wiring in exposed areas, fire alarm wiring shall be type THHN insulation. Wire size shall be #14 AWG minimum. All wiring related to the fire alarm system shall be installed in type EMT conduit. 6. All junction boxes shall be sprayed red and labeled "fire alarm". D. Programming 1. The existing system shall be field programmed for all new added devices. 2. A hard copy of the final system configuration showing all inputs, outputs, descriptions, addresses, and programming matrixes shall be provided at final acceptance test. E. Shop Drawings 1. Shop Drawings shall include both equipment catalog cuts (product data sheets) and one-line riser/interconnect diagrams. 2. Provide battery calculations showing 20% spare capability. 3. Catalog cuts shall indicate descriptive information and technical data and shall be supplied for all equipment including main fire alarm control panel and all remote devices. 4. One-line riser or interconnect drawing shall be supplied on 24"x36" size drawing. All fire alarm devices, power supplies, splice cabinets, and transmitting equipment shall be shown with interconnect wire size. F. Warranty 1. Warrant all equipment and wiring free from mechanical and electrical defects for one year from the date of substantial completion. G. Testing 1. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all required fire alarm testing. 2. Prior to formal Fire Department Test, the Contractor shall conduct a preliminary test. The Electrical Contractor and the equipment manufacturer shall completely test the system. The Manufacturer shall issue a letter of acceptability stating that all system components are installed and all remote devices are functioning. 3. After letter of acceptability has been received for the preliminary test, the Electrical Contractor shall conduct the acceptance test, as many times as required. The Electrical Contractor, Equipment Manufacturers Representative, Owner's Representative, Fire Department Representative and Service Company Representative shall conduct the acceptance test in accordance with NFPA 72. Every building fire alarm device shall be tested to ensure proper operation and correct annunciation at the control panel. At least one half of all tests shall be performed on battery standby power. 4. Where application of heat would destroy any detector, it may be manually activated. 5. When the testing has been completed to the satisfaction of both the Contractor's Job Foreman and the Representatives of the Manufacturer and Owner, the electrician shall provide a completed Inspection and Testing Form per NFPA 72, Section 10.6.2.3. 6. The Contractor shall leave the fire alarm system in proper working order and, without additional expense to the owner, shall replace any defective materials or equipment provided by him under this contract within one year (365 days) from the date of final acceptance by the awarding authority. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 9 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA 2.10 IDENTIFICATION A. Wire and Cable Identification 1. Conductor labels shall be white, adhesive self-laminating type. All text shall be typed. String tags shall not be accepted. Temporary tagging during construction shall be allowed, but all permanent adhesive tags shall be in place prior to requesting final acceptance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. Conduits usage shall be as follows: EXPOSED/ SUBJECT TO WET/DAMP PERMITTED LOCATION CONCEALED DAMAGE, Y/N OR DRY CONDUITS Interior Exposed No Dry RGS Interior Exposed No Wet RGS Interior Exposed Yes Dry RGS Interior Exposed Yes Wet RGS *RGS- Rigid Galvanized Steel B. The following areas shall be considered damp/wet locations, and raceways installed according to NEC requirements for such locations: 1. Boiler Room Exterior Locations. C. All conduits shall be cut square and reamed at the ends. All joints shall be drawn tight. Exposed conduit shall be run parallel to or at right angles to the lines of the building. Right angle bends in exposed conduit shall be made with standard elbows, conduit body fittings, or conduit bent to radii not less than those of standard elbows. All bends shall be free from dents or flattening. D. Conduit shall be made mechanically and electrically continuous from service entrance to all outlets E. Conduit connected to wall outlets shall be run in such a manner that they will not cross water, steam or waste pipes wherever possible. Overhead conduits shall be run above water, steam or waste lines wherever possible. F. Liquid-tight flexible conduits shall be used for connection to motors and other electrical equipment when it is subject to movement, vibration, misalignment or cramped quarters or where noise transmission is to be eliminated or reduced. Proper angle connectors (straight, 45 degree, 90 degree) shall be used for the installation. Improperly installed connectors are not allowed. G. Pipe straps and hanger rods shall be fastened to concrete by means of inserts or expansion bolts, to brickwork by means of expansion bolts and to hollow masonry by means of toggle bolts. Hanger rods shall be fastened to beams and joists by means of swivel type beam clamps. Wooden plugs and shields and powder driven fasteners shall not be used. H. Individual horizontal conduits shall be supported by one hole pipe straps or separate pipe hangers for sizes 1-1/2" and smaller. Spring steel fasteners may be used for sizes 1-1/2" and smaller in dry locations only. Hanger rods used with spring steel fasteners shall be minimum 1/4" diameter. I. Where two or more horizontal conduits run parallel and at the same elevation, they shall be supported on multiple pipe hangers. Conduit shall be secured to the horizontal hanger member. J. Pullboxes shall not be utilized for the vertical support of conduits. K. Every conduit system shall be installed complete and blown through and swabbed before conductors are installed. ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 10 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA L. Wireways shall be used for mounting groups of disconnects and/or starters, or where shown on the drawings. 3.2 DEVICE, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES A. Boxes shall be installed in rigid and satisfactory manner supported by bar hangers in frame constructions or fastened directly with wood screws on wood; bolts to hollow expansion shields on concrete or brick, toggle bolts on hollow masonry units and machine screws or welded threaded studs on metal. Threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts are acceptable for mounting of outlets on concrete construction. B. Location of devices shown on the Drawings is approximate. When necessary, devices shall be relocated at no extra cost within a 10'-0" radius to avoid conflicts with structural conditions or equipment of other trades. Outlets shall be symmetrically located according to room layouts. C. Boxes shall be secure to conduit by means of double steel locknuts (inside and outside) and malleable iron or steel insulated throat bushings. Covers on fire alarm system junction and pull boxes shall be painted RED with nameplates. 3.3 WIRE AND CABLE A. 250 Volt Systems: 1. Conductors shall not be installed in a manner which will injure their insulation or covering. Conduit system shall be complete before any conductors are installed. Conductors shall not be installed until such time that the conductors can be suitably protected against the elements and damage. 2. Provide and use suitable cable pulling winches or equipment of adequate capacity in order to insure a steady, continuous pull. Before any wires or cables are drawn into conduits, the conduit shall be cleaned out by pulling a swab through the conduit with fish tape, and wires shall be pulled through conduit in such a manner as to avoid kinking or injuring the insulation. Only non-metallic approved cable lubricants shall be used when necessary. Cable lubricants shall be completely removed at panelboards, pull and junction boxes and other accessible locations. 3. All feeder cables shall be continuous from origin to panel or equipment termination without running splices in intermediate pull or splice boxes. Where taps and splices are deemed necessary by job conditions, they shall first be approved by the Engineer and shall be made in approved splice boxes with suitable connectors as noted herein. Special note is to be made when extending existing feeders. 4. No splices or joints shall be permitted in branch circuits except within accessible junction boxes. Splices in junction boxes shall be with enough spare wire to enable two or more splices to be remade with the same wire in event of a fault. When a bolted splice or connection presents an irregular surface, duct seal compound shall be molded around the joint. It shall make a smooth taping surface and prevent the formation of air pockets. 5. Use solderless pressure connectors on conductors of No. 8 AWG and larger and tape to provide insulation not less than that of the conductor. Solderless connectors shall be of rugged construction with multi-point contact on cable, ground contact surfaces for low resistance and low temperature rise, and with high pull-out strength. On conductors of 250 MCM or larger provide not less than 2 pressure connectors. 6. On conductor sizes No. 10 or smaller, connectors shall be molded composition with metal thread-on core. 7. At panelboards, junction boxes and conductors shall be identified with circuit numbers by applying suitable marking. 8. Neatly train all wiring within equipment boxes and panelboards. 9. Inspect all wire and cable for damage after installation. Replace all damaged conductors or insulation. Megger test all feeder conductors and record results in ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 11 of 12 Watertown Police Firing Range HVAC Upgrade Watertown, MA accordance with Section 01 70 00 of this specification. Verify all phasing of conductors and equipment. 10. Conductor color coding for power circuits shall be as follows: Phase 120/208 volts A Black B Red C Blue Neutral White Ground Green 3.4 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A. Provide manufacturer's nameplates for front cover indicating the following information: 1. Switch Type 2. Catalog Number 3. H.P. Rating 4. Voltage Rating 5. Current Rating B. Provide safety disconnect switches at all locations as shown on drawings. Disconnects shall be mounted within sight, and proximate to the load served. Disconnects are to be mounted 48" AFF, unless otherwise noted. C. Provide engraved phenolic (white lettering/black field) nameplate indicating load being fed. 3.5 GROUNDING A. The entire electrical wiring raceway system of this project shall be made to form a continuous, permanent and effective equipment grounding circuit which shall be installed as follows: 1. All metallic threaded couplings and conduits shall be wrench-tight. 2. All termination of rigid conduits at all boxes, cabinets, and other enclosures shall be made with double locknut arrangement and a bushing. Bushings shall be insulating type. 3. All flexible metallic conduit and liquid-tight flexible conduits over 6' long or with conductors carrying over 20 amps shall have proper size ground conductor jumper bonded to the rigid conduit system and to the electrical equipment. 4. All electrical, metallic enclosures shall be effectively bonded by a separate green colored bonding screw. The use of a mounting screw for grounding will not be accepted. 5. All sections of wiring gutters and wireways, all outlet boxes and receptacle grounding terminals, all metal sections of continuous rigid cable supports and fittings and cable bus, and other built-up enclosures with bolted joining of sections shall be firmly bonded and effectively grounded. Conduit expansion fittings shall have factory furnished bonding jumpers. END OF SECTION ELECTRICAL Gienapp Architects 26 0000 - Page 12 of 12 This Page is Intentionally Left Blank. (T)